2आज प्यार और शक्ति के सागर बापदादा अपने स्नेही , सिकीलधे , लाडले बच्चो से मिलने के लिए आये है . āj pyār aur śhakti kē|K sāgar bāpdādā apnē snēhī , sikīladhē , lāḍlē bachchō sē milnē kē liē āyē hai . āj pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sāgar[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāpdādā apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] snēhī[adj.] , sikīladhē[x] , lāḍlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] milnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] ānā[x] . today love and Shakti (of|K) ocean BapDada one’s own loving , beloved, long-lost and now-found , x child from receive[inf.m.pl.,o.] for come[x] .
2Today, BapDada, the Ocean of Love and Power, has come to meet His loving, longlost and nowfound, beloved children.
3सभी बच्चे भी दूर-दूर से स्नेह की आकर्षण से मिलन मनाने के लिए पहुंच गये है . sabhī bachchē bhī dūr-dūr sē snēh kī|key ākarṣhaṇ sē milan manānē kē liē pahuñch gayē hai . sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bhī[p.] dūr[adj.] sē[postp.] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key ākarṣhaṇ[x] sē[postp.] milan[n.m.;sg.,d.] manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] pahuñchnā[x.root+jānā] . all child too distant from love (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) attraction from meeting celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.] for reach[x.root+jānā] .
3All the children, through the attraction of love, have also reached here from far, far away to celebrate a meeting.
4चाहे सम्मुख बैठे है , चाहे देश विदेश मे बैठे हुए स्नेह का मिलन मना रहे है . chāhē sammukh baiṭhē hai , chāhē dēśh vidēśh mē baiṭhē huē snēh kā milan manā rahē hai . chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] sammukh baiṭhnā[x] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃ baiṭhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|baiṭhnā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] milan[n.m.;sg.,d.] manānā[x] . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) in front of you sit[x] , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) land abroad in (sit[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|sit[opt.sg.23]) be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] love of meeting celebrate[x] .
4Whether you are sitting personally in front of Baba, or are sitting in this land or abroad, you are celebrating a loving meeting.
5बापदादा चारो ओर के सर्व स्नेही , सर्व सहयोगी साथी बच्चो को देख हर्षित होते हैं . bāpdādā chārō ōr kē|K sarv snēhī , sarv sahyōgī sāthī bachchō kō dēkh harṣhit hōtē haĩ . bāpdādā chārō̃ ōr kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sarv[adj.] snēhī[adj.] , sarv[adj.] sahyōgī[adj.] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] harṣhit[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada x direction (of|K) all loving , all co-operative companion child to see[root] cheerful be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
5BapDada is pleased to see all His loving children and totally cooperative companion children.
6बापदादा देख रहे हैं मैजॉरिटी बच्चो के दिल में एक ही संकल्प है कि अभी जल्दी से जल्दी बाप को प्रत्यक्ष करें . bāpdādā dēkh rahē haĩ majority bachchō kē|K dil mē̃ ēk hī saṅkalp hai ki abhī jaldī sē jaldī bāp kō pratyakṣha karē̃ . bāpdādā dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] majority bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ēk[adj.] hī[p.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] ab[adv.hī] jaldī sē[postp.] jaldī bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] pratyakṣh[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] . BapDada see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] majority child (of|K) heart in one only thought be[pres.sg.23] that now very quickly from very quickly father to visible do[opt.pl.12hon3] .
6BapDada is seeing that the majority of the children have just the one thought in their heart: We will now very quickly reveal the Father.
7बाप कहते है सभी बच्चो का उमंग बहुत अच्छा है , लेकिन बाप को प्रत्यक्ष तब कर सकेंगे जब पहले अपने को बाप समान सम्पन्न सम्पूर्ण प्रत्यक्ष करेंगे . bāp kahtē hai sabhī bachchō kā umaṅg bahut achchhā hai , lēkin bāp kō pratyakṣha tab kar sakē̃gē jab pahlē apnē kō bāp samān sampann sampūrṇ pratyakṣha karē̃gē . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kahnā[x] sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , lēkin bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] pratyakṣh[adj.] tab karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+saknā] jab pahlē[adv.]|pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] bāp samān[x] sampann[adj.] sampūrṇ[adj.] pratyakṣh[adj.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . father say[x] all child of zeal very achcha be[pres.sg.23] , but father to visible for only then do[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+saknā] when (firstly|x) one’s own to equal to the Father full complete visible do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
7The Father says: The enthusiasm of all the children is very good. 8However, you will only be able to reveal the Father when you first of all reveal yourselves as complete and perfect, the same as the Father.
8तो बच्चे पूछते है बाप से कि कब प्रत्यक्ष होगा ? tō bachchē pūchhtē hai bāp sē ki kab pratyakṣha hōgā ? tō bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] pūchhnā[x] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] ki[conj.] kab pratyakṣh[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] ? then child ask[x] father from that when visible be[fut.m.sg.23] ?
9So, the children ask the Father: When will You be revealed?
9और बाप बच्चों से पूछते है कि आप बताओ , आप कब स्वयं को बाप समान प्रत्यक्ष करेंगे ? aur bāp bachchō̃ sē pūchhtē hai ki āp batāō , āp kab svayã kō bāp samān pratyakṣha karē̃gē ? aur bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] pūchhnā[x] ki[conj.] āp[pn.pl.] batānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , āp[pn.pl.] kab svayã kō[postp.] bāp samān[x] pratyakṣh[adj.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? and father child from ask[x] that you tell[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , you when x to equal to the Father visible do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
10And the Father asks the children: You speak, when will you reveal yourselves as being equal to the Father?
10अपने सम्पन्न बनने की डेट फिक्स की है ? apnē sampann bannē kī|key date fix kī hai ? apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sampann[adj.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key date fix[x] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ? one’s own full become[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) fix a date do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ?
11Have you fixed a date for your becoming complete?
11फ़ोरिन वाले तो कहते है एक साल पहले डेट फिक्स की जाती है . foreign vālē tō kahtē hai ēk sāl pahlē date fix kī jātī hai . foreign vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō kahnā[x] ēk[adj.] sāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] pahlē[adv.]|pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] date fix[x] karnā[pres.sg.f.23.past-part+jānā]|karnā[pres.sg.f.23.passive] . abroad those who then say[x] one year (firstly|x) fix a date (do[pres.sg.f.23.past-part+jānā]|do[pres.sg.f.23.passive]) .
12Those abroad say that a date should be fixed a year in advance.
12तो अपने को बाप समान बनने की आपस मे मीटिंग करके डेट फिक्स की है ? tō apnē kō bāp samān bannē kī|key āpas mē meeting karkē date fix kī hai ? tō apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] bāp samān[x] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key āpas mē̃ meeting karnā[abs.] date fix[x] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ? then one’s own to equal to the Father become[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) each other in meeting do[abs.] fix a date do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ?
13So, have you had a meeting among yourselves and fixed a date to become equal to the Father? 14Have you?
13बापदादा देखते हैं आजकल तो हर वर्गकी भी मीटिंग्स बहुत होती है . bāpdādā dēkhtē haĩ ājkal tō har|her vargakī bhī meetings bahut hōtī hai . bāpdādā dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ājkal tō harnā[root]|har|her x bhī[p.] meeting bahut hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] . BapDada see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nowadays then (x[root]|x) x too meeting very be[pres.sg.f.23] .
15BapDada sees that, nowadays, there are many meetings of every wing.
14डबल फारेनर्स की भी मीटिंग बापदादा ने सुनी . double foreigners kī|key bhī meeting bāpdādā nē sunī . double foreigner karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bhī[p.] meeting bāpdādā nē[postp.] sunnā[past-part.f.] . double foreigner (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) too meeting BapDada ∅ listen[past-part.f.] . 15बहुत अच्छी लगी . bahut achchhī lagī . bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] lagnā[past-part.f.] . very achcha x[past-part.f.] .
16BapDada heard about the meeting of the double foreigners; He liked it very much.
16सब मीटिंग्स बापदादा के पास तो पहुच ही जाती हैं . sab meetings bāpdādā kē pās tō pahuch hī jātī haĩ . sab[adj.] meeting bāpdādā kē pās[x] tō pahuñchnā[root] hī[p.] jānā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] . all meeting BapDada to then reach[root] only go[pres.pl.f.12hon3] .
17All the news of the meetings always reaches BapDada anyway.
17तो बापदादा पूछते है कि इसकी डेट कब फिक्स की है ? tō bāpdādā pūchhtē hai ki iskī date kab fix kī hai ? tō bāpdādā pūchhnā[x] ki[conj.] yah[pn.sg.kī] date kab fix karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ? then BapDada ask[x] that this[.kī] date when fix do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ?
18So BapDada is asking: For when have you fixed a date for this?
18क्या यह डेट ड़ामा फिक्स करेगा या आप फिक्स करेंगे ? kyā yah date drama fix karēgā yā āp fix karē̃gē ? kyā yah[pn.sg.d.] date drama fix karnā[fut.m.sg.23] yā āp[pn.pl.] fix karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? what this date drama fix do[fut.m.sg.23] or you fix do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
19Will the drama fix this date or will you fix it?
19कौन करेगा ? kaun karēgā ? kaun[pn.;d.] karnā[fut.m.sg.23] ? who do[fut.m.sg.23] ?
20Who will fix it?
20लक्ष्य तो आपको रखना ही पड़ेगा . lakṣhya tō āpkō rakhnā hī paṛēgā . lakṣhya[adj.] tō āp[pn.pl.kō] rakhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] paṛnā[fut.m.sg.23] . aim then you[.kō] keep[inf.m.sg.d.] only fall[fut.m.sg.23] .
21Of course you will definitely have to keep the aim.
21और लक्ष्य बहुत अच्छे ते अच्छा , बढिये ते बढिया रखा भी है , अभी सिर्फ जैसा लक्ष्य रखा है उसी प्रमाण लक्षण , श्रेष्ठ लक्ष्य के समान बनाना है . aur lakṣhya bahut achchhē tē achchhā , baḍhiyē tē baḍhiyā rakhā bhī hai , abhī sirph jaisā lakṣhya rakhā hai usī pramāṇ lakṣhaṇ , śhrēṣhṭh lakṣhya kē|K samān banānā hai . aur lakṣhya[adj.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , x sē baṛhiyā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rakhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|rakhānā[root] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , ab[adv.hī] sirph[adj.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lakṣhya[adj.] rakhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.hī] pramāṇ|pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] lakṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] , śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] lakṣhya[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K samān[adj.] banānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . and aim very achcha from achcha , x from x (keep[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x[root]) too be[pres.sg.23] , now only like aim keep[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that[.hī] (under) qualification , elevated aim (of|K) equal create[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
22All of you have a very good aim, the best of all, but now, according to the aim you have kept, also develop the qualifications according to that elevated aim.
22अभी लक्ष्य और लक्षण मे अन्तर है . abhī lakṣhya aur lakṣhaṇ mē antar hai . ab[adv.hī] lakṣhya[adj.] aur lakṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃ antar[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . now aim and qualification in difference be[pres.sg.23] .
23At present, there is a difference between the aim and its qualifications.
23जब लक्ष्य और लक्षण समान हो जायेंगे तो लक्ष्य प्रैक्टिकल में आ जायेगा . jab lakṣhya aur lakṣhaṇ samān hō jāyēṅgē tō lakṣhya practical mē̃ ā jāyēgā . jab lakṣhya[adj.] aur lakṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] samān[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] tō lakṣhya[adj.] practical mē̃[postp.] ānā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . when aim and qualification equal be[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] then aim practical in come[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .
24When the aim and its qualifications become equal, then the aim will become practical.
24सभी बच्चे जब अमृतवेले मिलन मनाते है और संकल्प करते है तो वह बहुत अच्छे करते है . sabhī bachchē jab amr̥itvēlē milan manātē hai aur saṅkalp kartē hai tō vah bahut achchhē kartē hai . sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] jab amr̥itvēlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] milan[n.m.;sg.,d.] manānā[x] aur saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[x] tō vah[pn.sg.d.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[x] . all child when amrit vela meeting celebrate[x] and thought do[x] then that very achcha do[x] .
25When all the children celebrate a meeting at amrit vela and have a thought, they do that very well.
25बापदादा चारो ओर के हर बच्चे की रूहरिहान सुनते है . bāpdādā chārō ōr kē|K har|her bachchē kī|key rūhrihān suntē hai . bāpdādā chārō̃ ōr kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K harnā[root]|har|her bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key rūhrihān[x] sunnā[x] . BapDada x direction (of|K) (x[root]|x) child (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) spiritual conversation listen[x] .
26BapDada hears the hearttoheart conversation of every child everywhere.
26बहुत सुन्दर बाते करते है . bahut sundar bātē kartē hai . bahut sundar[adj.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] karnā[x] . very x matter do[x] .
27You have very beautiful conversations.
27पुरुषार्थ भी बहुत अच्छा करते है लेकिन पुरुषार्थ में एक बात की तीव्रता चाहिए . puruṣhārth bhī bahut achchhā kartē hai lēkin puruṣhārth mē̃ ēk bāt kī|key tīvratā chāhiē . puruṣhārth[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[x] lēkin puruṣhārth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ēk[adj.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key tīvratā[n.f.;sg.] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] . effort too very achcha do[x] but effort in one matter (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) fast speed (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) .
28You also make very good effort, but in your effort, you need to bring about intensity in one thing.
28पुरुषार्थ है लेकिन तीव्र पुरुषार्थ चाहिए . puruṣhārth hai lēkin tīvr puruṣhārth chāhiē . puruṣhārth[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin tīvr[adj.] puruṣhārth[n.m.;sg.,d.] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] . effort be[pres.sg.23] but intense effort (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) .
29You are making effort, but there has to be intense effort.
29तीव्रता की दृढ़ता उसकी एडीशन चाहिए . tīvratā kī|key dr̥iṛhtā uskī addition chāhiē . tīvratā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key dr̥iṛhtā[n.f.;sg.] vah[pn.sg.kī] addition chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] . fast speed (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) determination that[.kī] addition (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) .
30There has to be determination for intensity; there has to be this addition.
30बापदादा की हर बच्चे के प्रति यही आश है कि समय प्रमाण हर एक तीव पुरुषार्थी बने . bāpdādā kī|key har|her bachchē kē prati yahī āśh hai ki samay pramāṇ har ēk tīv puruṣhārthī banē . bāpdādā karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key harnā[root]|har|her bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kē prati[x] yahī[pn.;d.] āśh, āśhā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] pramāṇ|pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] har ēk[x] x purūṣhārthī[adj.] bannā[opt.sg.23]|bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . BapDada (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) (x[root]|x) child for this desire be[pres.sg.23] that time (under) each one x effort-maker (become[opt.sg.23]|become[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) . 31चाहे नम्बरवार है , बापदादा जानते है लेकिन नम्बरवार मे भी तीव्र पुरुषार्थ सदा रहे , उसकी आवश्यकता है . chāhē number-vār hai , bāpdādā jāntē hai lēkin number-vār mē bhī tīvr puruṣhārth sadā rahē , uskī āvaśhyaktā hai . chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] number-wār hōnā[pres.sg.23] , bāpdādā jānnā[x] lēkin number-wār mē̃ bhī[p.] tīvr[adj.] puruṣhārth[n.m.;sg.,d.] sadā rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , vah[pn.sg.kī] āvaśhyaktā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) numberwise be[pres.sg.23] , BapDada know[x] but numberwise in too intense effort constantly (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) , that[.kī] need be[pres.sg.23] .
31According to the time, BapDada has one desire for all the children even though you may be numberwise, and BapDada knows, even while you are numberwise let there always be intense effort; there is a great need for this.
32समय सम्पन्न होने मे तीव्रता से चल रहा है लेकिन अभी बच्चो को बाप समान बनना ही है , यह भी निश्चित ही है सिर्फ इस में तीव्रता चाहिए . samay sampann hōnē mē tīvratā sē chal rahā hai lēkin abhī bachchō kō bāp samān bannā hī hai , yah bhī niśhchit hī hai sirph is mē̃ tīvratā chāhiē . samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] sampann[adj.] hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃ tīvratā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] chalnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] lēkin ab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāp samān[x] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] niśhchit[adj.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] sirph[adj.] yah[pn.sg.o.] mē̃[postp.] tīvratā[n.f.;sg.] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] . time full be[inf.m.pl.,o.] in fast speed from continue[pres.sg.m.prog.23] but now child to equal to the Father become[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] , this too fixed only be[pres.sg.23] only this in fast speed (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) .
32Time is moving fast towards completion. 33However, now, children definitely have to become equal to the Father. 34This is also fixed. 35You simply need to have intensity in it.
33हर एक अपने को चेक करे कि मै सदा तीव्र पुरुषार्थी हूँ ? har ēk apnē kō check karē ki mai sadā tīvr puruṣhārthī hū̃ ? har ēk[x] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] check karnā[opt.sg.23] ki[conj.] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] sadā tīvr[adj.] purūṣhārthī[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] ? each one one’s own to check do[opt.sg.23] that I constantly intense effort-maker be[pres.sg.1] ?
36Each one of you has to check yourself: Am I an intense effort maker at all times?
34क्योंकि पुरुषार्थ मे पेपर तो बहुत आते ही हैं और आने ही है लेकिन तीव्र पुरुषार्थी के लिए पेपर मे पास होना इतना ही निश्चित है कि तीव्र पुरुषार्थी पेपर मे पास हुआ ही पडा है . kyōṅki puruṣhārth mē paper tō bahut ātē hī haĩ aur ānē hī hai lēkin tīvr puruṣhārthī kē liē paper mē pass|pās hōnā itnā hī niśhchit hai ki tīvr puruṣhārthī paper mē pass|pās huā hī paḍā hai . kyōṅki puruṣhārth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃ paper tō bahut ānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aur ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin tīvr[adj.] purūṣhārthī[adj.] kē liē[x] paper mē̃ pass|pās hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hī[p.] niśhchit[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] tīvr[adj.] purūṣhārthī[adj.] paper mē̃ pass|pās hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] paṛnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . because effort in paper then very come[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] only be[pres.pl.12hon3] and (x|come[inf.m.pl.,o.]) only be[pres.sg.23] but intense effort-maker for paper in (pass|x) be[inf.m.sg.d.] such only fixed be[pres.sg.23] that intense effort-maker paper in (pass|x) be[past-part.m.sg.d.] only fall[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
37Because many papers come in your effort and they will come. 38However, for an intense effortmaker to pass that paper it is fixed as though an intense effortmaker has already passed that paper.
35होना है नही , हुआ ही पड़ा है , यह निश्चित है . hōnā hai nahī , huā hī paṛā hai , yah niśhchit hai . hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] nahī̃[neg] , hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] paṛnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , yah[pn.sg.d.] niśhchit[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] not , be[past-part.m.sg.d.] only fall[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , this fixed be[pres.sg.23] .
39Not that that one has to pass, but that he has already passed. 40This is fixed.
36सेवा भी सभी अच्छी रूचि से कर रहे है लेकिन बापदादा ने पहले भी कहा है कि वर्तमान समय के प्रमाण एक ही समय पर मन्सा-वाचा और कर्मणा अर्थात् चलन और चेहरे द्वारा तीनो ही प्रकार की सेवा चाहिए . sēvā bhī sabhī achchhī rūchi sē kar rahē hai lēkin bāpdādā nē pahlē bhī kahā hai ki vartamān samay kē|K pramāṇ ēk hī samay par mansā-vāchā aur karmaṇā arthāt chalan aur chēhrē dvārā tīnō hī prakār kī|key sēvā chāhiē . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] sab[adv.hī] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ruchi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] karnā[x] lēkin bāpdādā nē[postp.] pahlē[adv.]|pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] kahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] vartamān[adj.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pramāṇ|pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] ēk[adj.] hī[p.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[adj.]|par[postp.] mansā-vāchā aur karmaṇā arthāt chalan[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] dvārā tīnō̃[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] hī[p.] prakār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sēvā[n.f.;sg.] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] . service too all achcha interest from do[x] but BapDada ∅ (firstly|x) too say[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that present time (of|K) (under) one only time (other|at) x and x that is behaviour and face through all three only form (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) service (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) .
41All of you are doing service with great interest. 42However, BapDada has told you before too: according to the present time, you have to do three types of service at one time, that is, through your thoughts, words and deeds.
37मन्सा द्वारा अनुभव कराना , वाणी द्वारा ज्ञान के खजाने का परिचय कराना और चलन वा चेहरे द्वारा समूर्ण योगी जीवन के प्रैक्टिकल रूप का अनुभव कराना , तीनो ही सेवा एक समय करनी है . mansā dvārā anubhav karānā , vāṇī dvārā gyān kē|K khajānē kā parichay karānā aur chalan vā chēhrē dvārā samūrṇa yōgī jīvan kē|K practical rūp kā anubhav karānā , tīnō hī sēvā ēk samay karnī hai . mansā dvārā anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karānā[inf.m.sg.d.] , vāṇī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dvārā gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] parichay[n.m.;sg.,d.] karānā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur chalan[n.m.;sg.,d.] vā chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] dvārā x yōgī[x] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K practical rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karānā[inf.m.sg.d.] , tīnō̃[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] hī[p.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] ēk[adj.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . through the mind through experience make commit[inf.m.sg.d.] , words through knowledge (of|K) treasure of introduction make commit[inf.m.sg.d.] and behaviour or face through x yogi life (of|K) practical Rup of experience make commit[inf.m.sg.d.] , all three only service one time do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
43Through your mind give an experience. 44Through your words, give an introduction to the treasure of knowledge. 45Through your face and activity, give the experience of the practical form of a completely yogi life. 46You have to do all three types of service at the same time, not individually.
38अलग - अलग नहीं , समय कम है और सेवा अभी भी बहुत करनी है . alag - alag nahī̃ , samay cum|kam hai aur sēvā abhī bhī bahut karnī hai . alag[adj.] - alag[adj.] nahī̃[neg] , samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] cum|kam[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur sēvā[n.f.;sg.] ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] bahut karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . separate - separate not , time (x|less) be[pres.sg.23] and service now too very do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
47There is little time and there is still a lot of service to be done even now.
39बापदादा ने देखा कि सबसे सहज सेवा का साधन है - वृत्ति द्वारा वायब्रेशन बनाना और वायब्रेशन द्वारा वायुमण्डल बनाना क्योकि वृत्ति सबसे तेज साधन है . bāpdādā nē dēkhā ki sabsē sahaj sēvā kā sādhan hai - vr̥itti dvārā vibration banānā aur vibration dvārā vāyumaṇḍal banānā kyōki vr̥itti sabsē tēj sādhan hai . bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] sabsē sahaj[adj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] - vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dvārā vibration banānā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur vibration dvārā vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[inf.m.sg.d.] kyōṅki vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sabsē tēj[adj.] sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] that the most easy service of facilities be[pres.sg.23] - attitude through vibrations create[inf.m.sg.d.] and vibrations through atmosphere create[inf.m.sg.d.] because attitude the most fast facilities be[pres.sg.23] .
48BapDada has seen that the easiest method for service is to create vibrations through your attitude and to create the atmosphere through your vibrations, because the attitude is the most powerful method of all.
40जैसे साइंस की राकेट फास्ट जाती है वैसे आपकी रूहानी शुभ भावना , शुभ कामना की वृत्ति , दृष्टि और सृष्टि को बदल देती है . jaisē science kī|key rocket fast jātī hai vaisē āpkī rūhānī śhubh bhāvnā , śhubh kāmnā kī|key vr̥itti , dr̥iṣhṭi aur sr̥iṣhṭi kō badal dētī hai . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] science karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key rocket fast jānā[pres.sg.f.23] vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āp[pn.pl.kī] rūhānī[adj.] śhubh bhāvnā[x] , śhubh kāmnā[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] , dr̥iṣhṭi[n.f.;sg.] aur sr̥iṣhṭi[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] badalnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+dēnā] . like science (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) rocket fast go[pres.sg.f.23] x you[.kī] spiritual pure feeling , good wishes (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) attitude , drishti and world to change[pres.sg.f.23.root+dēnā] .
49Just as the rockets of science are able to fly very fast, in the same way, your spiritual attitude of good wishes and pure feelings will change your vision and your world.
41एक स्थान पर बैठे भी वृत्ति द्वारा सेवा कर सकते है . ēk sthān par baiṭhē bhī vr̥itti dvārā sēvā kar saktē hai . ēk[adj.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[adj.]|par[postp.] baiṭhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|baiṭhnā[opt.sg.23] bhī[p.] vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dvārā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[x.root+saknā] . one place (other|at) (sit[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|sit[opt.sg.23]) too attitude through service do[x.root+saknā] .
50While sitting in one place, you can serve through your attitude.
42सुनी हुई बात फिर भी भूल सकती है लेकिन जो वायुमण्डल का अनुभव होता है , वह भूलता नही है . sunī huī bāt phir bhī bhūl saktī hai lēkin jō vāyumaṇḍal kā anubhav hōtā hai , vah bhūltā nahī hai . sunnā[past-part.f.] hōnā[past-part.f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] phir bhī[x] bhūlnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+saknā] lēkin jō[pn.;d.] vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] , vah[pn.sg.d.] bhūlnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . listen[past-part.f.] be[past-part.f.] matter nevertheless forget[pres.sg.f.23.root+saknā] but that atmosphere of experience be[pres.sg.m.23] , that forget[pres-part.m.sg.d.] not be[pres.sg.23] .
51It is possible to forget what you have heard, but you cannot forget the experience you have had of an atmosphere.
43जैसे मधुबन मे अनुभव किया है कि ब्रह्मा बाप की कर्मभूमि , योग भूमि , चरित्र भूमि का वायुमण्डल है . jaisē madhuban mē anubhav kiyā hai ki brahmā bāp kī|key karmbhūmi , yōg bhūmi , charitra bhūmi kā vāyumaṇḍal hai . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃ anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key karmbhūmi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] , yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhūmi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] , charitra[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhūmi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . like Madhuban in experience do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that Brahma father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) field of actions , yoga x , character x of atmosphere be[pres.sg.23] .
52You have experienced in Madhuban the atmosphere of the land where Father Brahma performed actions, the land where he had yoga and performed divine activities.
44अब तक भी हर एक उसी वायुमण्डल का जो अनुभव करते है वह भूलता नही है . ab tak bhī har ēk usī vāyumaṇḍal kā jō anubhav kartē hai vah bhūltā nahī hai . ab[adv.] tak bhī[p.] har ēk[x] vah[pn.sg.hī] vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[x] vah[pn.sg.d.] bhūlnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . now until too each one that[.hī] atmosphere of that experience do[x] that forget[pres-part.m.sg.d.] not be[pres.sg.23] .
53The atmosphere that anyone experiences even now cannot be forgotten.
45वायुमण्डल का अनुभव दिल मे छप जाता है . vāyumaṇḍal kā anubhav dil mē chhap jātā hai . vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃ chhapnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . atmosphere of experience heart in be imprinted[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
54The experience of the atmosphere becomes imprinted on your heart.
46तो वाणी द्वारा बडे-बड़े प्रोग्राम तो करते ही हो लेकिन हर एक को अपनी श्रेष्ठ रूहानी वृत्ति से , वायब्रेशन से वायुमण्डल बनाना है , लेकिन वृत्ति रूहानी और शक्तिशाली तब होगी जब अपने दिल मे , मन मे किसी के प्रति भी उल्टी वृत्ति का वायब्रेशन नही होगा . tō vāṇī dvārā baḍē-baṛē programme tō kartē hī hō lēkin har ēk kō apnī śhrēṣhṭh rūhānī vr̥itti sē , vibration sē vāyumaṇḍal banānā hai , lēkin vr̥itti rūhānī aur śhaktiśhālī tab hōgī jab apnē dil mē , man mē kisī kē prati bhī ulṭī vr̥itti kā vibration nahī hōgā . tō vāṇī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dvārā baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] programme tō karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] lēkin har ēk[x] kō[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] rūhānī[adj.] vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] , vibration sē[postp.] vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , lēkin vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] rūhānī[adj.] aur śhaktiśhālī[adj.] tab hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] jab apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃ , man[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃ kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] kē prati[x] bhī[p.] ulṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|ulṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vibration nahī̃[neg] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] . then words through very programme then do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] only (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) but each one to one’s own elevated spiritual attitude from , vibrations from atmosphere create[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , but attitude spiritual and powerful for only then be[fut.f.sg.23] when one’s own heart in , mind in (anything|some) for too (upside down|x) attitude of vibrations not be[fut.m.sg.23] .
55Of course you have many big programmes of serving through words, but each one of you has to create an atmosphere with your spiritual attitude and vibrations. 56However, your attitude will become spiritual and powerful when you do not have any vibrations of a wrong attitude in your heart or mind.
47अपने मन की वृत्ति सदा स्वच्छ हो क्योंकि किसी भी आत्मा के प्रति अगर कोई व्यर्थ वृत्ति या ज्ञान के हिसाब से निगेटिव वृत्ति है तो निगेटिव माना किचडा , अगर मन में किचडा है तो शुभ वृत्ति से सेवा नहीं कर सकेंगे . apnē man kī|key vr̥itti sadā svachchha hō kyōṅki kisī bhī ātmā kē prati agar kōī vyarth vr̥itti yā gyān kē|K hisāb sē negative vr̥itti hai tō negative mānā kichḍā , agar man mē̃ kichḍā hai tō śhubh vr̥itti sē sēvā nahī̃ kar sakē̃gē . apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sadā svachchh[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] kyōṅki kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] bhī[p.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kē prati[x] agar kōī[pn.;d.] vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] yā gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K hisāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] negative vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō negative mānā|mānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] kichṛā, kīchaṛ[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] , agar man[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kichṛā, kīchaṛ[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō śhubh[adj.] vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+saknā] . one’s own mind (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) attitude constantly pure (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) because (anything|some) too soul for if some wasteful attitude or knowledge (of|K) account from negative attitude be[pres.sg.23] then negative (means|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]) rubbish , if mind in rubbish be[pres.sg.23] then pure and positive attitude from service not do[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+saknā] .
57The attitude of your mind should always be clean. 58If you have any wasteful attitude towards any soul, or, in terms of knowledge, if you have a negative attitude, then negative means rubbish. 59If you have rubbish in your mind, you will not be able to serve with a pure attitude.
48तो पहले अपने आपको चेक करो कि मेरे मन की वृत्ति शुभ रूहानी है ? tō pahlē apnē āpkō check karō ki mērē man kī|key vr̥itti śhubh rūhānī hai ? tō pahlē[adv.]|pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āp[pn.pl.kō] check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] maĩ[pn.sg.kē] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] śhubh[adj.] rūhānī[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? then (firstly|x) one’s own you[.kō] check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that I[.kē] mind (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) attitude pure and positive spiritual be[pres.sg.23] ?
60So, first of all, check yourself: Is the attitude of my mind pure and spiritual?
49निगेटिव वृत्ति को भी अपनी शुभ भावना शुभ कामना से निगेटिव को भी पॉजिटिव में चेंज कर सकते हो क्योंकि निगेटिव से अपने ही मन में परेशानी तो होती है ना ! negative vr̥itti kō bhī apnī śhubh bhāvnā śhubh kāmnā sē negative kō bhī positive mē̃ change kar saktē hō kyōṅki negative sē apnē hī man mē̃ parēśhānī tō hōtī hai nā ! negative vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] śhubh bhāvnā[x] śhubh kāmnā[x] sē[postp.] negative kō[postp.] bhī[p.] positive mē̃[postp.] change karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] kyōṅki negative sē[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] parēśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] nā ! negative attitude to too one’s own pure feeling good wishes from negative to too positive in change do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] because negative from one’s own only mind in distress then be[pres.sg.f.23] ∅ !
61Transform a negative attitude into a positive attitude with your good wishes. 62With negative, you feel distressed in your own mind, do you not?
50वेस्ट थोट्स तो चलते हैं ना ! waste|west thoughts tō chaltē haĩ nā ! waste|west thought tō chalnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā ! (waste|west) thought then continue[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ !
63You have waste thoughts, do you not?
51तो पहले अपने को चेक करो कि मेरे मन में कोई खिटखिट तो नही है ? tō pahlē apnē kō check karō ki mērē man mē̃ kōī khiṭkhiṭ tō nahī hai ? tō pahlē[adv.]|pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] maĩ[pn.sg.kē] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kōī[pn.;d.] khiṭ-khiṭ tō nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? then (firstly|x) one’s own to check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that I[.kē] mind in some complication then not be[pres.sg.23] ?
64So, first of all, check yourself: Is there any conflict in my own mind?
52नम्बरवार तो हैं , अच्छे भी है तो साथ मे खिटखिट वाले भी हैं , लेकिन यह ऐसा है , यह समझना अच्छा है . number-vār tō haĩ , achchhē bhī hai tō sāth mē khiṭkhiṭ vālē bhī haĩ , lēkin yah aisā hai , yah samajhnā achchhā hai . number-wār tō hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃ khiṭ-khiṭ vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , lēkin yah[pn.sg.d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yah[pn.sg.d.] samajhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . numberwise then be[pres.pl.12hon3] , achcha too be[pres.sg.23] then with in complication those who too be[pres.pl.12hon3] , but this such be[pres.sg.23] , this understand[inf.m.sg.d.] achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
65Of course, it is numberwise. 66There are good ones, and there are also those who create problems with them. 67However, just to understand “This one is like that” is good.
53जो रोंग है उसको रोंग समझना है , जो राइट है उसको राइट समझना है लेकिन दिल में बिठाना नही है . jō wrong hai uskō wrong samajhnā hai , jō right hai uskō right samajhnā hai lēkin dil mē̃ biṭhānā nahī hai . jō[pn.;d.] wrong hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.kō] wrong samajhnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , jō[pn.;d.] right hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.kō] right samajhnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] lēkin dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] biṭhānā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . that x be[pres.sg.23] that[.kō] x understand[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , that right be[pres.sg.23] that[.kō] right understand[pres.sg.23.oblig1] but heart in x[inf.m.sg.d.] not be[pres.sg.23] .
68Consider wrong to be wrong and right to be right, but do not keep it in your heart.
54समझना अलग है , नॉलेजफुल बनना अच्छा है , रांग को रांग तो कहौ ना ! samajhnā alag hai , knowledgeful bannā achchhā hai , wrong kō wrong tō kahau nā ! samajhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] alag[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , knowledgeful bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , wrong kō[postp.] wrong tō x nā ! understand[inf.m.sg.d.] separate be[pres.sg.23] , knowledgeful become[inf.m.sg.d.] achcha be[pres.sg.23] , x to x then x ∅ !
69To understand this is a separate matter. 70It is good to be knowledgeful. 71Of course, you will say something is wrong when it is wrong.
55कई बच्चे कहते हैं बाबा आपको पता नही यह कैसे है ! kaī bachchē kahtē haĩ bābā āpkō patā nahī yah kaisē hai ! kaī bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] bābā āp[pn.pl.kō] patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] yah[pn.sg.d.] kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ! some child say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] Baba you[.kō] knowledge not this how be[pres.sg.23] !
72Some children say: Baba, You don’t know what they are like.
56आप देखो ना तो पता पड जाए . āp dēkhō nā tō patā paḍ jāē . āp[pn.pl.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] nā tō patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] paṛnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] . you see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ∅ then knowledge fall[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] .
73If You were to see them, You would know.
57बाप मानते है आपके कहने से पहले ही मानते है कि ऐसे है , लेकिन ऐसी बातों को अपनी दिल में वृत्ति में रखने से स्वयं भी तो परेशान होते हो . bāp māntē hai āpkē kahnē sē pahlē hī māntē hai ki aisē hai , lēkin aisī bātō̃ kō apnī dil mē̃ vr̥itti mē̃ rakhnē sē svayã bhī tō parēśhān hōtē hō . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mānnā[x] āp[pn.pl.kē] kahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē pahlē[x] hī[p.] mānnā[x] ki[conj.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , lēkin aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] rakhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] svayã bhī[p.] tō parēśhān[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.2] . father x[x] you[.kē] say[inf.m.pl.,o.] x only x[x] that such be[pres.sg.23] , but such matter to one’s own heart in attitude in keep[inf.m.pl.,o.] from x too then distressed be[pres.pl.m.2] .
74The Father believes what you say; He already knows before you tell Him what that one is like, but by keeping such things in your heart and in your attitude you yourself become distressed.
58और खराब चीज अगर मन में है , दिल में है तो जहाँ खराब चीज है , वेस्ट थॉटस है , वह विश्व कल्याणकारी कैसे बनेंगे ? aur kharāb chīj agar man mē̃ hai , dil mē̃ hai tō jahā̃ kharāb chīj hai , waste|west thoughts hai , vah viśhva kalyāṇkārī kaisē banē̃gē ? aur kharāb[adj.] chīz[n.f.;sg.] agar man[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō jahā̃ kharāb[adj.] chīz[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , waste|west thought hōnā[pres.sg.23] , vah[pn.sg.d.] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kalyāṇkārī[adj.] kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? and bad thing if mind in be[pres.sg.23] , heart in be[pres.sg.23] then where there bad thing be[pres.sg.23] , (waste|west) thought be[pres.sg.23] , that world beneficial how become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
75When you have something bad in your heart and mind, then where there is something bad, where there are waste thoughts, how can that one be a world benefactor?
59आप सभी का आक्यूपेशन क्या है ? āp sabhī kā occupation kyā hai ? āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] occupation kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? you all of occupation what be[pres.sg.23] ?
76What is the occupation of all of you?
60कोई कहेगा हम लण्डन के कल्याणकारी हैं , दिल्ली के कल्याणकारी हैं , यूपी के कल्याणकारी हैं ? kōī kahēgā ham london kē|K kalyāṇkārī haĩ , dillī kē|K kalyāṇkārī haĩ , UP kē|K kalyāṇkārī haĩ ? kōī[pn.;d.] kahnā[fut.m.sg.23] ham[pn.pl.] London kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kalyāṇkārī[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kalyāṇkārī[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , U P kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kalyāṇkārī[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? some say[fut.m.sg.23] we x (of|K) beneficial be[pres.pl.12hon3] , Delhi (of|K) beneficial be[pres.pl.12hon3] , U.P. (of|K) beneficial be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
77Would any of you say that you are benefactors of only London, of Delhi, of UP?
61या जहाँ भी रहते हो , चलो देश नहीं तो शहर के कल्याणकारी है , आक्यूपेशन सब यही बताते कि विश्व कल्याणकारी हैं . yā jahā̃ bhī rahtē hō , chalō dēśh nahī̃ tō śhahar kē|K kalyāṇkārī hai , occupation sab yahī batātē ki viśhva kalyāṇkārī haĩ . yā jahā̃ bhī[p.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.2] , chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃ tō[x] śhahar[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kalyāṇkārī[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , occupation sab[adj.] yahī[pn.;d.] batānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ki[conj.] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kalyāṇkārī[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . or where there too remain[pres.pl.m.2] , continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] land otherwise city (of|K) beneficial be[pres.sg.23] , occupation all this tell[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] that world beneficial be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
78Or, of wherever you are staying? 79OK, not the land, but of the centre that you are staying at? 80All of you say that your occupation is that of a world benefactor.
62तो सब कौन हो ? tō sab kaun hō ? tō sab[adj.] kaun[pn.;d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ? then all who (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?
81Who are all of you?
63विश्व कल्याणकारी हो ? viśhva kalyāṇkārī hō ? viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kalyāṇkārī[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ? world beneficial (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?
82Are you world benefactors?
64हैं तो हाथ उठाओ . haĩ tō hāth uṭhāō . hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] tō hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . be[pres.pl.12hon3] then raise your hands .
83If you are, then raise your hands!
65 ( सभी ने हाथ उठाया ) विश्व कल्याणकारी ! ( sabhī nē hāth uṭhāyā ) viśhva kalyāṇkārī ! ( sab[adv.hī] nē[postp.] hāth uṭhānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ) viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kalyāṇkārī[adj.] ! ( all ∅ raise your hands ) world beneficial ! 66विश्व कल्याणकारी ! viśhva kalyāṇkārī ! viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kalyāṇkārī[adj.] ! world beneficial !
84World benefactors!
67अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
68तो मन में कोई भी खराबी तो नही है ? tō man mē̃ kōī bhī kharābī tō nahī hai ? tō man[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kōī bhī[x] kharābī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] tō nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? then mind in anyone bad things then not be[pres.sg.23] ?
85You do not have anything bad in your mind, do you?
69समझना अलग चीज है , समझो भले , यह राइट है यह रोंग है , लेकिन मन में नही बिठाओ . samajhnā alag chīj hai , samjhō bhalē , yah right hai yah wrong hai , lēkin man mē̃ nahī biṭhāō . samajhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] alag[adj.] chīz[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , samajhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] bhalā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , yah[pn.sg.d.] right hōnā[pres.sg.23] yah[pn.sg.d.] wrong hōnā[pres.sg.23] , lēkin man[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] biṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . understand[inf.m.sg.d.] separate thing be[pres.sg.23] , understand[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] benefit , this right be[pres.sg.23] this x be[pres.sg.23] , but mind in not x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
86You may understand it, but that is a different matter. 87Understand that this is right and that is wrong; however, do not keep that in your mind.
70मन में वृत्ति रखने से दृष्टि और सृष्टि भी बदल जाती है . man mē̃ vr̥itti rakhnē sē dr̥iṣhṭi aur sr̥iṣhṭi bhī badal jātī hai . man[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] rakhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] dr̥iṣhṭi[n.f.;sg.] aur sr̥iṣhṭi[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] badalnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . mind in attitude keep[inf.m.pl.,o.] from drishti and world too change[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] .
88By having this attitude in your mind, your vision and the world also change.
71बापदादा ने होम वर्क दिया था - क्या दिया था ? bāpdādā nē home work diyā thā - kyā diyā thā ? bāpdādā nē[postp.] home work[x] dēnā[past-perf.m.sg.] - kyā dēnā[past-perf.m.sg.] ? BapDada ∅ homework give[past-perf.m.sg.] - what give[past-perf.m.sg.] ?
89BapDada gave you homework. 90What was that?
72सबसे सहज पुरुषार्थ है जो सभी कर सकते है , मातायें भी कर सकती हैं , बूढ़े भी कर सकते हैं , युवा भी कर सकते हैं , बच्चे भी कर सकते हैं , वह यही विधि है सिर्फ एक काम करो किसी से भी सम्पर्क में आओ - ' दुआ दो और दुआ लो . sabsē sahaj puruṣhārth hai jō sabhī kar saktē hai , mātāyē̃ bhī kar saktī haĩ , būṛhē bhī kar saktē haĩ , yuvā bhī kar saktē haĩ , bachchē bhī kar saktē haĩ , vah yahī vidhi hai sirph ēk kām karō kisī sē bhī samparka mē̃ āō - ' duā dō aur duā lō|low . sabsē sahaj[adj.] puruṣhārth[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] jō[pn.;d.] sab[adv.hī] karnā[x.root+saknā] , mātā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] bhī[p.] karnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3.root+saknā] , būṛhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] , yuvā[adj.] bhī[p.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] , bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bhī[p.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] , vah[pn.sg.d.] yahī[pn.;d.] vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] sirph[adj.] ēk[adj.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] - ' duā[n.f.;sg.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur duā[n.f.;sg.] lēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|low . the most easy effort be[pres.sg.23] that all do[x.root+saknā] , mother too do[pres.pl.f.12hon3.root+saknā] , old too do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] , adult too do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] , child too do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] , that this method be[pres.sg.23] only one (lust|task) do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] (anything|some) from too x in come[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] - ' blessing (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) and blessing (take[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|low) .
91It is the easiest effort which everyone can do – the mothers, the youth, the old ones, the children can all do that. 92The method for that is just to do one thing. 93When you come into contact with anyone, then give blessings and receive blessings.
73' चाहे वह बददुआ देता है , लेकिन आप कोर्स क्या कराते हो ? ' chāhē vah badduā dētā hai , lēkin āp course kyā karātē hō ? ' chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] badduā[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.sg.m.23] , lēkin āp[pn.pl.] course kyā karānā[pres.pl.m.2] ? ' (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) that bad wish give[pres.sg.m.23] , but you course what make commit[pres.pl.m.2] ?
94Even if that one gives you bad wishes, what course do you give?
74निगेटिव को पॉजिटिव में बदलने का , तो अपने को भी उस समय कोर्स कराओ . negative kō positive mē̃ badalnē kā , tō apnē kō bhī us samay course karāō . negative kō[postp.] positive mē̃[postp.] badalnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , tō apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] vah[pn.sg.o.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] course karānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . negative to positive in change[inf.m.pl.,o.] of , then one’s own to too that time course make commit[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
95To change the negative into positive. 96At that time, give yourself this course.
75चैलेन्ज क्या है ? challenge kyā hai ? challenge kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? challenge what be[pres.sg.23] ?
97What is the challenge?
76चैलेन्ज है कि प्रकृति को भी तमोगुणी से सतोगुणी बनाना ही है . challenge hai ki prakr̥iti kō bhī tamōguṇī sē satōguṇī banānā hī hai . challenge hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] prakr̥iti[x] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] tamoguṇī[adj.] sē[postp.] satōguṇī[adj.] banānā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . challenge be[pres.sg.23] that matter to too x from satoguni create[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
98Your challenge is also to make nature satoguni from tamoguni.
77यह चैलेन्ज है ना ! yah challenge hai nā ! yah[pn.sg.d.] challenge hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! this challenge be[pres.sg.23] ∅ ! 78है ? hai ? hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? be[pres.sg.23] ?
99This is your challenge, is it not?
79आप सबने यह चैलेन्ज की है कि प्रकृति को भी सतोप्रधान बनाना है ? āp sabnē yah challenge kī hai ki prakr̥iti kō bhī satōpradhān banānā hai ? āp[pn.pl.] sabnē yah[pn.sg.d.] challenge karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ki[conj.] prakr̥iti[x] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] satōpradhān[adj.] banānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ? you x this challenge do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] that matter to too satopradhan create[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ?
100You have all issued the challenge that you have to make nature satopradhan.
80बनाना है ? banānā hai ? banānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ? create[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ?
101Do you have to make it like that?
81कांध हिलाओ , हाथ हिलाओ . kāndh hilāō , hāth hilāō . kāndh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hilānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] hilānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . shoulder make fluctuate[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , hand make fluctuate[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
102If so, then nod! 103Wave your hands!
82देखो , देखादेखी नहीं हिलाना . dēkhō , dēkhādēkhī nahī̃ hilānā . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , x nahī̃[neg] hilānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , x not make fluctuate[inf.m.sg.d.] . 83दिल से हिलाना , क्योकि अभी समय प्रमाण वृत्ति से वायुमण्डल बनाने के तीव्र पुरुषार्थ की आवश्यकता है . dil sē hilānā , kyōki abhī samay pramāṇ vr̥itti sē vāyumaṇḍal banānē kē|K tīvr puruṣhārth kī|key āvaśhyaktā hai . dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] hilānā[inf.m.sg.d.] , kyōṅki ab[adv.hī] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] pramāṇ|pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K tīvr[adj.] puruṣhārth[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key āvaśhyaktā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . heart from make fluctuate[inf.m.sg.d.] , because now time (under) attitude from atmosphere create[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) intense effort (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) need be[pres.sg.23] .
104Don’t wave them just by seeing one another, but wave them from your heart. 105Now, according to the time, the intense effort is to create the atmosphere through your attitude.
84तो वृत्ति में अगर जरा भी किचडा होगा , तो वृत्ति से वायुमण्डल कैसे बनायेंगे ? tō vr̥itti mē̃ agar jarā bhī kichḍā hōgā , tō vr̥itti sē vāyumaṇḍal kaisē banāyēṅgē ? tō vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] agar zarā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] kichṛā, kīchaṛ[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] , tō vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] banānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? then attitude in if x too rubbish be[fut.m.sg.23] , then attitude from atmosphere how create[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
106So, if there is even a slight bit of rubbish in your attitude, how would you create the atmosphere through your attitude?
85प्रकृति तक आपका वायब्रेशन जायेगा , वाणी तो नहीं जायेगी . prakr̥iti tak āpkā vibration jāyēgā , vāṇī tō nahī̃ jāyēgī . prakr̥iti[x] tak āp[pn.pl.kā] vibration jānā[fut.m.sg.23] , vāṇī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] tō nahī̃[neg] jānā[fut.f.sg.23] . matter until you[.kā] vibrations go[fut.m.sg.23] , words then not go[fut.f.sg.23] .
107Your vibrations will reach nature; words will not be able to reach there.
86वायब्रेशन जायेगा और वायब्रेशन बनता है वृत्ति से , और वायब्रेशन से वायुमण्डल बनता है . vibration jāyēgā aur vibration bantā hai vr̥itti sē , aur vibration sē vāyumaṇḍal bantā hai . vibration jānā[fut.m.sg.23] aur vibration bannā[pres.sg.m.23] vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] , aur vibration sē[postp.] vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres.sg.m.23] . vibrations go[fut.m.sg.23] and vibrations become[pres.sg.m.23] attitude from , and vibrations from atmosphere become[pres.sg.m.23] .
108Your vibrations will reach there. 109Vibrations are created through your attitude and the atmosphere is created through your vibrations.
87मधुबन में भी सब एक जैसे तो नही है . madhuban mē̃ bhī sab ēk jaisē tō nahī hai . madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] sab[adj.] ēk[adj.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . Madhuban in too all one like then not be[pres.sg.23] .
110In Madhuban, too, not everyone is the same.
88लेकिन ब्रह्मा बाप और अनन्य बच्चो के वृत्ति द्वारा , तीव्र पुरुषार्थ द्वारा वायुमण्डल बना है . lēkin brahmā bāp aur ananya bachchō kē|K vr̥itti dvārā , tīvr puruṣhārth dvārā vāyumaṇḍal banā hai . lēkin brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur ananya[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dvārā , tīvr[adj.] puruṣhārth[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . but Brahma father and especially beloved child (of|K) attitude through , intense effort through atmosphere become[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
111However, the atmosphere was created through the attitude of Father Brahma and the specially beloved ones and their intense efforts.
89आज आपकी दादी याद आ रही है , दादी की विशेषता क्या देखी ? āj āpkī dādī yād ā rahī hai , dādī kī|key viśhēṣhtā kyā dēkhī ? āj āp[pn.pl.kī] dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] yād[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] , dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] kyā dēkhnā[past-part.f.] ? today you[.kī] Dadi remembrance come[pres.sg.f.prog.23] , Dadi (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) speciality what see[past-part.f.] ?
112Today, Baba is remembering your Dadi. 113What is the speciality of Dadiji that you saw?
90कैसे कंट्रोल किया ? kaisē control kiyā ? kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] control karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? how control do[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
114How did she control everything?
91कभी भी कैसी भी वृत्ति वाले की कमी दादी ने मन में नही रखी . kabhī bhī kaisī bhī vr̥itti vālē kī|key kamī dādī nē man mē̃ nahī rakhī . kabhī[adv.] bhī[p.] kaisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bhī[p.] vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key kamī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nē[postp.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] rakhnā[past-part.f.] . ever too how too attitude those who (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x Dadi ∅ mind in not keep[past-part.f.] .
115She never kept anyone’s defect in her mind, no matter with what attitude the other person came to her.
92सभी को उमंग दिलाया . sabhī kō umaṅg dilāyā . sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] dilānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . all to zeal x[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
116She gave enthusiasm to everyone.
93आपकी जगदम्बा माँ ने वायुमण्डल बनाया . āpkī jagadambā mā̃ nē vāyumaṇḍal banāyā . āp[pn.pl.kī] jagadambā[x] mā̃[n.f.;sg.] nē[postp.] vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . you[.kī] Jagadamba mother ∅ atmosphere create[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
117Your mother Jagadamba created that atmosphere.
94जानते हुए भी अपनी वृत्ति सदा शुभ रखी , जिसके वायुमण्डल का अनुभव आप सभी कर रहे हो . jāntē huē bhī apnī vr̥itti sadā śhubh rakhī , jiskē vāyumaṇḍal kā anubhav āp sabhī kar rahē hō . jānnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sadā śhubh[adj.] rakhnā[past-part.f.] , jō[pn.sg.kē] vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] . know[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] too one’s own attitude constantly pure and positive keep[past-part.f.] , that[.kē] atmosphere of experience you all do[pres.pl.m.prog.2] .
118While knowing everything, she always kept her attitude pure, and all of you are experiencing the atmosphere created by that.
95चाहे फॉलो फादर है लेकिन बापदादा हमेशा कहते हैं कि हर एक की विशेषता को जान उस विशेषता को अपना बनाओ . chāhē follow father hai lēkin bāpdādā hamēśhā kahtē haĩ ki har ēk kī|key viśhēṣhtā kō jān us viśhēṣhtā kō apnā banāō . chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] follow father[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin bāpdādā hamēśhā kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] har ēk[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] jānnā[root]|jān[n.m.;sg.,d.] vah[pn.sg.o.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) follow the Father be[pres.sg.23] but BapDada x say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that each one (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) speciality to (know[root]|x) that speciality to (one’s own|adopt[root]) create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
119Even though it is ‘follow Father’, BapDada always says: Know each one’s speciality and make that speciality your own.
96और हर एक बच्चे में यह नोट करना , बापदादा का जो बच्चा बना है उस एक एक बच्चे मे , चाहे तीसरा नम्बर है लेकिन यह ड़ामा की विशेषता है , बापदादा का वरदान है , सभी बच्चों में चाहे 99 गलतियां भी हो लेकिन एक विशेषता जरूर है . aur har ēk bachchē mē̃ yah note karnā , bāpdādā kā jō bachchā banā hai us ēk ēk bachchē mē , chāhē tīsrā number hai lēkin yah drama kī|key viśhēṣhtā hai , bāpdādā kā vardān hai , sabhī bachchō̃ mē̃ chāhē 99 galatiyā̃ bhī hō lēkin ēk viśhēṣhtā jarūr hai . aur har ēk[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] note karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bannā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.o.] ēk[adj.] ēk[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃ , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] tīsrā number[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin yah[pn.sg.d.] drama karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] 99 galatī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] lēkin ēk[adj.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] zarūr hōnā[pres.sg.23] . and each one child in this note do[inf.m.sg.d.] , BapDada of that child become[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that one one child in , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) x be[pres.sg.23] but this drama (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) speciality be[pres.sg.23] , BapDada of blessing be[pres.sg.23] , all child in (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) 99 mistake too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) but one speciality definitely be[pres.sg.23] . 97जिस विशेषता से मेरा बाबा कहने का हकदार है . jis viśhēṣhtā sē mērā bābā kahnē kā hakdār hai . jō[pn.sg.o.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bābā kahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hakdār[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . that speciality from I[.kā] Baba say[inf.m.pl.,o.] of x be[pres.sg.23] .
120And note down for every child: someone who has become BapDada’s child, each and every child, even though that child may be the third number, the speciality of the drama and the blessing from BapDada is that, out of all the children if someone has 99 defects, he definitely has one speciality and with that speciality, he has a right to say, “My Baba!”
98परवश है लेकिन बाप से प्यार अटूट होता है . parvaśh hai lēkin bāp sē pyār aṭūṭ hōtā hai . parvaśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] aṭūṭ[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . under an influence be[pres.sg.23] but father from love x be[pres.sg.m.23] .
121He may be influenced, but he would still have unbroken love for the Father.
99इसीलिए बापदादा अभी समय की समीपता अनुसार हर एक जो भी बाप के स्थान हैं , चाहे गांव मे है , चाहे बड़े जोन मे है , सेंटर्स पर है लेकिन हर एक स्थान और साथियों मे श्रेष्ठ वृत्ति का वायुमण्डल आवश्यक है . isīliē bāpdādā abhī samay kī|key samīpatā anusār har ēk jō bhī bāp kē|K sthān haĩ , chāhē gānv mē hai , chāhē baṛē zone mē hai , centres par hai lēkin har ēk sthān aur sāthiyō̃ mē śhrēṣhṭh vr̥itti kā vāyumaṇḍal āvaśhyak hai . isīliē bāpdādā ab[adv.hī] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key samīpatā[n.f.;sg.] anusār har ēk[x] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] gānv[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃ hōnā[pres.sg.23] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] zone mē̃ hōnā[pres.sg.23] , centre par[adj.]|par[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin har ēk[x] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur sāthī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃ śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] āvaśhyak[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x BapDada now time (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) closeness according to each one that too father (of|K) place be[pres.pl.12hon3] , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) village in be[pres.sg.23] , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) very zone in be[pres.sg.23] , centre (other|at) be[pres.sg.23] but each one place and companion in elevated attitude of atmosphere x be[pres.sg.23] .
122This is why, now, according to the closeness of time, whatever places of the Father there are, whether they are in the villages, in the big zones or the centres, it is necessary for every place and every companion to have an atmosphere of elevated attitude.
100बस एक अक्षर याद रखो अगर कोई बददुआ देता भी है , तो लेने वाला कौन ? bas ēk akṣhar yād rakhō agar kōī badduā dētā bhī hai , tō lēnē vālā kaun ? bas|basnā[root] ēk[adj.] akṣhar[n.m.;sg.,d.] yād rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] agar kōī[pn.;d.] badduā[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , tō lēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kaun[pn.;d.] ? (simply|x[root]) one word remember if some bad wish give[pres-part.m.sg.d.] too be[pres.sg.23] , then take[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who who ?
123Simply remember one word: even if someone is giving bad wishes, who is the one who is taking them?
101क्या देने वाला , लेने वाला एक होता है या दो ? kyā dēnē vālā , lēnē vālā ēk hōtā hai yā dō ? kyā dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , lēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ēk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] yā dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ? what give[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who , take[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who one be[pres.sg.m.23] or (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) ?
124Is the one who is giving and the one who is receiving just one person, or are there two?
102अगर कोई आपको कोई खराब चीज़ दे , आप क्या करेंगे ? agar kōī āpkō kōī kharāb chīz dē , āp kyā karē̃gē ? agar kōī[pn.;d.] āp[pn.pl.kō] kōī[pn.;d.] kharāb[adj.] chīz[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[opt.sg.23]|dēnā[root] , āp[pn.pl.] kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? if some you[.kō] some bad thing (give[opt.sg.23]|give[root]) , you what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
125If someone gives you something bad, what will you do?
103अपने पास रखेंगे ? apnē pass|pās rakhē̃gē ? apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pass|pās rakhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? one’s own (pass|x) keep[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
126Will you keep it with yourself?
104या वापस करेगे या फेंक देंगे कि अलमारी मे सम्भाल के रखेंगे ? yā vāpas karēgē yā phēṅk dēgē ki almārī mē sambhāl kē|K rakhē̃gē ? yā vāpis, vāpas karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] yā phēṅknā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+dēnā] ki[conj.] almārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃ sambhālnā[root]|sambhāl[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K rakhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? or back do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] or throw[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+dēnā] that cupboard in (be careful[root]|x) (of|K) keep[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
127Or, will you return it, throw it away, or keep it carefully in your cupboard?
105तो दिल में सम्भाल के नही रखना क्योंकि आपकी दिल बापदादा का तख्त है . tō dil mē̃ sambhāl kē|K nahī rakhnā kyōṅki āpkī dil bāpdādā kā takht hai . tō dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sambhālnā[root]|sambhāl[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K nahī̃[neg] rakhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] kyōṅki āp[pn.pl.kī] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] takht[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then heart in (be careful[root]|x) (of|K) not keep[inf.m.sg.d.] because you[.kī] heart BapDada of throne be[pres.sg.23] .
128So, will you keep it hidden in your heart? 129Your heart is BapDada’s throne.
106इसीलिए एक शब्द अभी मन में पक्का याद कर लो , मुख मे नहीं मन में याद करो - दुआ देना है , दुआ लेना है . isīliē ēk śhabda abhī man mē̃ pakkā yād kar lō , mukh mē nahī̃ man mē̃ yād karō - duā dēnā hai , duā lēnā hai . isīliē ēk[adj.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] ab[adv.hī] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yād karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] , mukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃ nahī̃[neg] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] yād karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] - duā[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , duā[n.f.;sg.] lēnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . x one word now mind in firm remember , mouth in not mind in remember - blessing give[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , blessing take[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
130Therefore, now remember one word firmly in your mind, not just in words, but in your mind: I have to give blessings and receive blessings.
107कोई भी निगेटिव बात मन में नहीं रखो . kōī bhī negative bāt man mē̃ nahī̃ rakhō . kōī bhī[x] negative bāt[n.f.;sg.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . anyone negative matter mind in not keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
131Do not keep anything negative in your mind.
108अच्छा एक कान से सुना , दूसरे कान से निकालना तो आपका काम है कि दूसरे का काम है ? achchhā ēk kān sē sunā , dūsrē kān sē nikālnā tō āpkā kām hai ki dūsrē kā kām hai ? achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ēk[adj.] kān[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] sunnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|sunānā[root] , dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kān[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] nikālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] tō āp[pn.pl.kā] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? achcha one ear from (listen[past-part.m.sg.d.]|speak[root]) , other ear from x[inf.m.sg.d.] then you[.kā] (lust|task) be[pres.sg.23] that other of (lust|task) be[pres.sg.23] ?
132OK, if you heard something with one ear, it is your duty to let it out through the other ear. 133Or, is it the duty of someone else?
109तब ही विश्व मे , आत्माओ में फास्ट गति की सेवा वृत्ति से वायुमण्डल बनाने की कर सकेंगे . tab hī viśhva mē , ātmāō mē̃ fast gati kī|key sēvā vr̥itti sē vāyumaṇḍal banānē kī kar sakē̃gē . tab hī[p.] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃ , ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] fast gati[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sēvā[n.f.;sg.] vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[root.past-part+karnā] saknā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . for only then only world in , soul in fast speed (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) service attitude from atmosphere create[inf.m.pl.,o.] do[root.past-part+karnā] can[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
134Only then will you be able to do the service of creating an atmosphere in the world and among souls through your attitude at a fast speed.
110विश्व परिवर्तन करना है ना ! viśhva parivartan karnā hai nā ! viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] nā ! world transformation do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ∅ !
135You want to bring about world transformation, do you not?
111तो क्या याद रखेंगे ? tō kyā yād rakhē̃gē ? tō kyā yād rakhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? then what remember ?
136So, what will you remember?
112याद रखा मन से ? yād rakhā man sē ? yād[n.f.;sg.] rakhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|rakhānā[root] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] ? remembrance (keep[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x[root]) mind from ?
137Remember it with your mind.
113दुआ शब्द याद रखो , बस क्योंकि आपके जड़ चित्र क्या देते है ? duā śhabda yād rakhō , bas kyōṅki āpkē jaṛ chitra kyā dētē hai ? duā[n.f.;sg.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] yād rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , bas|basnā[root] kyōṅki āp[pn.pl.kē] jaṛ[adj.]|jaṛ[n.f.;sg.]|jaṛnā[root] chitra[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā dēnā[x] ? blessing word remember , (simply|x[root]) because you[.kē] (non-conscious|x|stud[root]) picture what give[x] ?
138Just remember the word ‘blessings’; that is all. 139Because, what do your nonliving images give?
114दुआ देते है ना ! duā dētē hai nā ! duā[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[x] nā ! blessing give[x] ∅ !
140They give blessings, do they not?
115मन्दिर में जाते हैं तो क्या मांगते है ? mandir mē̃ jātē haĩ tō kyā māṅgtē hai ? mandir[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] jānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō kyā mā̃gnā[x] ? temple in go[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then what ask[x] ?
141When people go to the temples, what do they ask for?
116दुआ मागते हैं ना ! duā māgtē haĩ nā ! duā[n.f.;sg.] mā̃gnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā ! blessing ask[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ !
142They ask for blessings.
117दुआ मिलती है तभी तो दुआ मागते हैं . duā miltī hai tabhī tō duā māgtē haĩ . duā[n.f.;sg.] milnā[pres.sg.f.23] tabhī tō duā[n.f.;sg.] mā̃gnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . blessing receive[pres.sg.f.23] x then blessing ask[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
143It is because they receive blessings that they ask for them.
118आपके जड़ चित्र लास्ट जन्म में भी दुआ देते है , वृत्ति से उनकी कामनाये पूरी करते है . āpkē jaṛ chitra last janm mē̃ bhī duā dētē hai , vr̥itti sē unkī kāmanāyē pūrī kartē hai . āp[pn.pl.kē] jaṛ[adj.]|jaṛ[n.f.;sg.]|jaṛnā[root] chitra[n.m.;sg.,d.] last janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] duā[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[x] , vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] vah[pn.pl.kī] x pūrā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|pūrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[x] . you[.kē] (non-conscious|x|stud[root]) picture last (life|be born[root]) in too blessing give[x] , attitude from that[.kī] x (full|puri) do[x] .
144Even in your last birth, your nonliving images give blessings; with that attitude, they fulfil everyone’s desires.
119तो आप बार-बार ऐसे दुआ देने वाले बने हो तब आपके चित्र भी आज तक दुआये देते हैं . tō āp bār-bār aisē duā dēnē vālē banē hō tab āpkē chitra bhī āj tak duāyē dētē haĩ . tō āp[pn.pl.] bār[n.f.;sg.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] duā[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] tab āp[pn.pl.kē] chitra[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] āj tak duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . then you time such blessing give[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who become[pres-perf.pl.m.2] for only then you[.kē] picture too today until blessing give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
145So, it is because you have repeatedly become those who give blessings in this way that your nonliving images give blessings even today.
120चलो परवश आत्माओ को अगर थोडा सा क्षमा के सागर के बच्चे क्षमा दे दी तो अच्छा ही है ना ! chalō parvaśh ātmāō kō agar thōḍā sā kṣhamā kē|K sāgar kē|K bachchē kṣhamā dē dī tō achchhā hī hai nā ! chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] parvaśh[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] agar thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kṣhamā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sāgar[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kṣhamā[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[past-part.f..root+dēnā] tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] under an influence soul to if short x forgiveness (of|K) ocean (of|K) child forgiveness give[past-part.f..root+dēnā] then achcha only be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
146OK, if a soul is influenced by something, if you, a child of the Ocean of Forgiveness, forgive him a little, that is good, is it not?
121तो आप सभी क्षमा के मास्टर सागर हो ? tō āp sabhī kṣhamā kē|K master sāgar hō ? tō āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] kṣhamā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K master sāgar[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ? then you all forgiveness (of|K) master ocean (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?
147So, are all of you master oceans of forgiveness?
122हो या नही हो ? hō yā nahī hō ? hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] yā nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ? (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) or not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?
148Are you?
123हो ना ! hō nā ! hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā ! (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ !
149Or not?
124कहो पहले मै . kahō pahlē mai . kahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] pahlē[adv.]|pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] . say[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] (firstly|x) I .
150You are, are you not?
125इसमें हे अर्जुन बनो . ismē̃ hē arjun banō . yah[pn.sg.mē̃] hē arjun bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . this[.mē̃] x Arjuna become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
151Say, “I first”. 152Become “O Arjuna” in this.
126ऐसा वायुमण्डल बनाओ जो कोई भी सामने आये वह कुछ न कुछ स्नेह ले , सहयोग ले , क्षमा का अनुभव करे , हिम्मत का अनुभव करे , सहयोग का अनुभव करे , उमंग-उत्साह का अनुभव करे . aisā vāyumaṇḍal banāō jō kōī bhī sāmnē āyē vah kuchh na kuchh snēh lē , sahyōg lē , kṣhamā kā anubhav karē , himmat kā anubhav karē , sahyōg kā anubhav karē , umaṅg-utsāh kā anubhav karē . aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] kōī bhī[x] sāmnē ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[opt.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] kuchh na[neg] kuchh snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] lēnā[opt.sg.23]|lēnā[root] , sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] lēnā[opt.sg.23]|lēnā[root] , kṣhamā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.sg.23] , himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.sg.23] , sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.sg.23] , umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.sg.23] . such atmosphere create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that anyone x (come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|come[opt.sg.23]) that anything not anything love (take[opt.sg.23]|take[root]) , cooperation (take[opt.sg.23]|take[root]) , forgiveness of experience do[opt.sg.23] , courage of experience do[opt.sg.23] , cooperation of experience do[opt.sg.23] , zeal and enthusiasm of experience do[opt.sg.23] .
153Create such an atmosphere that whoever comes in front of you will be able to take a little love and cooperation and experience forgiveness, courage, cooperation and zeal and enthusiasm.
127ऐसे हो सकता है ? aisē hō saktā hai ? aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ? such be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ?
154Is this possible?
128हो सकता है ? hō saktā hai ? hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ? be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ?
155Is it?
129पहली लाइन वाले हो सकता है ? pahlī line vālē hō saktā hai ? pahlā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] line vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ? x line those who be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ?
156Those who are sitting in the first row; is this possible?
130हाथ उठाओ . hāth uṭhāō . hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . raise your hands .
157Raise your hands!
131पहले करना पडेगा . pahlē karnā paḍēgā . pahlē[adv.]|pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] . (firstly|x) do[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] .
158First, you will have to do it.
132तो सभी करेगे ? tō sabhī karēgē ? tō sab[adv.hī] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? then all do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
159You will have to do it.
133टीचर्स करेगी ? teachers karēgī ? teacher karnā[fut.f.sg.23] ? teacher do[fut.f.sg.23] ?
160The teachers in the first row, will all of you do this?
134अच्छा - अभी लास्ट टर्न मे 15 दिन पडे हैं , ठीक है ना . achchhā - abhī last turn mē 15 din paḍē haĩ , ṭhīk hai nā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] - ab[adv.hī] last tum mē̃ 15 din[n.m.;sg.,d.] paṛnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . achcha - now last you in 15 day fall[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , OK be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
161Achcha. 162There are now still 15 days to the final meeting.
135मधुबन मे तो मदद है ही , आप सभी जितने भी है , जहाँ के भी हो लेकिन यह 15 दिन यह प्रैक्टिस करना कि दुआ देना है और दुआ लेना है . madhuban mē tō madad hai hī , āp sabhī jitnē bhī hai , jahā̃ kē|K bhī hō lēkin yah 15 din yah practice karnā ki duā dēnā hai aur duā lēnā hai . madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃ tō madad[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] , āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] jitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , jahā̃ kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] lēkin yah[pn.sg.d.] 15 din[n.m.;sg.,d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] practice karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] duā[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] aur duā[n.f.;sg.] lēnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . Madhuban in then x be[pres.sg.23] only , you all the more too be[pres.sg.23] , where there (of|K) too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) but this 15 day this practice do[inf.m.sg.d.] that blessing give[pres.sg.23.oblig1] and blessing take[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
163You have help in Madhuban anyway. 164All of you, however many you are and wherever you are from, for the next 15 days, practise this: I have to give blessings and receive blessings.
136ठीक है ? ṭhīk hai ? ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? OK be[pres.sg.23] ?
165Is this OK?
137यह होमवर्क ठीक है ? yah homework ṭhīk hai ? yah[pn.sg.d.] home work ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? this homework OK be[pres.sg.23] ?
166Is this homework OK?
138करेंगे ? karē̃gē ? karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
167Will you do it?
139मधुबन वाले , अच्छा है , मधुबन वालो को सीट बहुत अच्छी मिली है , सीट अच्छी ले ली है , होशियार है मधुबन वाले , सीट अच्छी पकड ली है . madhuban vālē , achchhā hai , madhuban vālō kō seat bahut achchhī milī hai , seat achchhī lē lī hai , hōśhiyār hai madhuban vālē , seat achchhī pakaḍ lī hai . madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] seat bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] milnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , seat achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] lēnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+lēnā] , hōśhiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , seat achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] x lēnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . Madhuban those who , achcha be[pres.sg.23] , Madhuban those who to seat very achcha receive[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , seat achcha take[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+lēnā] , clever be[pres.sg.23] Madhuban those who , seat achcha x take[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
168Those from Madhuban: will you do it? 169Those from Madhuban have got a very good seat. 170Those from Madhuban are clever. 171You have caught hold of a good seat.
140अभी नम्बरवन की भी सीट लेनी है क्योकि मधुबन वासी बनना , भाग्य की निशानी है . abhī number one kī|key bhī seat lēnī hai kyōki madhuban vāsī bannā , bhāgya kī|key niśhānī hai . ab[adv.hī] number one karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bhī[p.] seat lēnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] kyōṅki madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vāsī[adj.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] , bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . now number one (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) too seat take[pres.sg.23.oblig1] because Madhuban resident become[inf.m.sg.d.] , x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) sign be[pres.sg.23] .
172Now, you also have to claim the seat of number one. 173To become a Madhuban resident is a sign of fortune.
141और अभी सभी कहाँ के हो ? aur abhī sabhī kahā̃ kē|K hō ? aur ab[adv.hī] sab[adv.hī] kahā̃ kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ? and now all where (of|K) (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?
174Where are all of you from at present?
142लण्डन के , अमेरिका के , अभी सभी मधुबन के हो . london kē|K , America kē|K , abhī sabhī madhuban kē|K hō . London kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K , America kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K , ab[adv.hī] sab[adv.hī] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . x (of|K) , America (of|K) , now all Madhuban (of|K) (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
175London? 176America? 177Or, are all of you from Madhuban at this time?
143इस समय तो मधुबन के हो ना ? is samay tō madhuban kē|K hō nā ? is samay[x] tō madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā ? at this time then Madhuban (of|K) (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ ?
178At this time, you are all from Madhuban.
144कितना अच्छा है . kitnā achchhā hai . kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . so achcha be[pres.sg.23] . 145अभी सब मधुबन निवासी हैं . abhī sab madhuban nivāsī haĩ . ab[adv.hī] sab[adj.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] nivāsī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . now all Madhuban resident be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
179It is so good that all of you are at present Madhuban residents.
146तो 15 दिन के बाद बापदादा रिजल्ट लेगे , ठीक है ? tō 15 din kē bād bāpdādā result lēgē , ṭhīk hai ? tō 15 din[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē bād[x] bāpdādā result lēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? then 15 day after BapDada result take[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , OK be[pres.sg.23] ?
180After 15 days, BapDada will see the result. 181Is this OK?
147पीछे वाले ठीक है ? pīchhē vālē ṭhīk hai ? pīchhē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? x those who OK be[pres.sg.23] ?
182Those sitting at the back, is this OK?
148ऊपर गैलरी मे भी बैठे है . ūpar gallery mē bhī baiṭhē hai . ūpar gallery mē̃ bhī[p.] baiṭhnā[x] . over x in too sit[x] .
183There are also some sitting in the gallery above.
149गैलरीवाले ठीक है ? gailarīvālē ṭhīk hai ? x ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? x OK be[pres.sg.23] ?
184Those sitting the gallery: is this OK?
150अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
185Achcha. 186It is good.
151अभी विश्व को बहुत आवश्यकता है . abhī viśhva kō bahut āvaśhyaktā hai . ab[adv.hī] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] bahut āvaśhyaktā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . now world to very need be[pres.sg.23] .
187The world is in great need.
152आप निवारण मूर्त बन जाओ . āp nivāraṇ mūrt ban jāō . āp[pn.pl.] nivāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] mūrti, mūrt[n.f.;sg.] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] . you solution image become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] .
188You become the images of solutions.
153आपके निवारण मूर्त बनने से आत्माये निर्वाण में जा सकेंगी . āpkē nivāraṇ mūrt bannē sē ātmāyē nirvāṇ mē̃ jā sakē̃gī . āp[pn.pl.kē] nivāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] mūrti, mūrt[n.f.;sg.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] nirvāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] jānā[fut.f.pl.12hon3.root+saknā] . you[.kē] solution image become[inf.m.pl.,o.] from soul nirvana in go[fut.f.pl.12hon3.root+saknā] .
189When you become the images of solutions, souls will be able to go to Nirvana.
154अगर आप निवारण मूर्त नहीं बनेगे तो आत्माये बिचारी निर्वाण में जा नही सकेगी . agar āp nivāraṇ mūrt nahī̃ banēgē tō ātmāyē bichārī nirvāṇ mē̃ jā nahī sakēgī . agar āp[pn.pl.] nivāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] mūrti, mūrt[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] bichārā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] nirvāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] jānā[root] nahī̃[neg] saknā[fut.f.sg.23] . if you solution image not become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then soul poor people nirvana in go[root] not can[fut.f.sg.23] .
190If you do not become the images of solutions, then the poor, helpless souls will not be able to go to Nirvana.
155निर्वाण का गेट आपको ही खोलना है . nirvāṇ kā gate|get āpkō hī khōlnā hai . nirvāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] gate|get āp[pn.pl.kō] hī[p.] khōlnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . nirvana of (gate|get) you[.kō] only open[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
191You have to open the gates to Nirvana.
156बाप के साथ-साथ गेट खोलेगे ना ? bāp kē|K sāth-sāth gate|get khōlēgē nā ? bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sāth-sāth gate|get x nā ? father (of|K) x (gate|get) x ∅ ?
192You will open the gates with the Father, will you not?
157गेट की सेरीमनी करेंगे ना ? gate|get kī|key ceremony karē̃gē nā ? gate|get karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key ceremony karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā ? (gate|get) (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) ceremony do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ ?
193So, you will have this ceremony of opening the gate, will you not?
158अभी डेट बनाना आपस मे . abhī date banānā āpas mē . ab[adv.hī] date banānā[inf.m.sg.d.] āpas mē̃ . now date create[inf.m.sg.d.] each other in .
194Now, fix a date among yourselves.
159बापदादा सब मीटिंग सुनते है , बापदादा को क्या है , स्वीच आन किया , सुना . bāpdādā sab meeting suntē hai , bāpdādā kō kyā hai , switch on kiyā , sunā . bāpdādā sab[adj.] meeting sunnā[x] , bāpdādā kō[postp.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] , switch on[x] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , sunnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|sunānā[root] . BapDada all meeting listen[x] , BapDada to what be[pres.sg.23] , switch on[x] do[past-part.m.sg.d.] , (listen[past-part.m.sg.d.]|speak[root]) .
195BapDada listens to all the meetings. 196What does BapDada have to do? 197He just puts the switch on and He can hear it.
160एक ही समय पर सभी जोन , सभी देश की बातें सुन सकते है , सुनने चाहे तो . ēk hī samay par sabhī zone , sabhī dēśh kī|key bātē̃ sun saktē hai , sunnē chāhē tō . ēk[adj.] hī[p.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[adj.]|par[postp.] sab[adv.hī] zone , sab[adv.hī] dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] sunnā[x.root+saknā] , sunnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] tō . one only time (other|at) all zone , all land (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) matter listen[x.root+saknā] , listen[inf.m.pl.,o.] (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) then .
198He can hear everything of every zone and every land at the same time, if He wants to.
161अभी बेहद मे आओ . abhī bēhad mē āō . ab[adv.hī] bēhad[adj.] mē̃ ānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now unlimited in come[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
199Now, come into the unlimited.
162कोई कोई बच्चे थोड़े ज्यादा गम्भीर बनते है , गम्भीरता अच्छी है लेकिन ज्यादा गम्भीरता सीरियस लगता है , तो सीरियस किसको अच्छा नहीँ लगता है . kōī kōī bachchē thōṛē jyādā gambhīr bantē hai , gambhīrtā achchhī hai lēkin jyādā gambhīrtā serious lagtā hai , tō serious kiskō achchhā nahī̃ lagtā hai . kōī[pn.;d.] kōī[pn.;d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] gambhīr[adj.] bannā[x] , gambhīrtā[n.f.;sg.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] gambhīrtā[n.f.;sg.] serious lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] , tō serious kaun[pn.sg.kō] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[adv.] lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] . some some child short more serious become[x] , maturity achcha be[pres.sg.23] but more maturity serious x[pres.sg.m.23] , then serious who[.kō] achcha not x[pres.sg.m.23] .
200Some children become a little too serious. 201To be serious is good, but sometimes it feels as if you are very serious. 202No one likes those who are serious.
163गम्भीर बनो लेकिन अन्दर गम्भीरता हो , बाहर चेहरा मुस्कराता हो . gambhīr banō lēkin andar gambhīrtā hō , bāhar chēhrā muskarātā hō . gambhīr[adj.] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] lēkin andar gambhīrtā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , bāhar chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] muskarānā[x] . serious become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] but inside maturity (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , outside face smile[x] .
203Be serious, but let it be internally, and externally, let your face be smiling.
164मुस्कराता हुआ चेहरा सभी को पसन्द आता है और ऐसे ज्यादा गम्भीर वाला चेहरा उससे डरते है , दूर भागते है . muskarātā huā chēhrā sabhī kō pasand ātā hai aur aisē jyādā gambhīr vālā chēhrā ussē ḍartē hai , dūr bhāgtē hai . muskarānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] pasand[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] aur aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] gambhīr[adj.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] vah[pn.sg.sē] ḍarnā[x] , dūr[adj.] bhāgnā[x] . smile[pres-part.m.sg.d.] be[past-part.m.sg.d.] face all to love come[pres.sg.m.23] and such more serious those who face that[.sē] have fear[x] , distant run[x] .
204Everyone loves a smiling face, whereas people are afraid and run away from those who have a very serious face.
165सहयोगी नही बनेगे . sahyōgī nahī banēgē . sahyōgī[adj.] nahī̃[neg] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . co-operative not become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
205They would not be cooperative with such souls.
166ब्रह्मा बाप का मुस्कराना , जगत अम्बा माँ का मुस्कराना , अपनी दादी का मुस्कराना , याद है ना ! brahmā bāp kā muskarānā , jagat ambā mā̃ kā muskarānā , apnī dādī kā muskarānā , yād hai nā ! brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] muskarānā[inf.m.sg.d.] , jagat[n.m.;sg.,d.] ambā[n.f.;sg.] mā̃[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] muskarānā[inf.m.sg.d.] , apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] muskarānā[inf.m.sg.d.] , yād[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! Brahma father of smile[inf.m.sg.d.] , world mother mother of smile[inf.m.sg.d.] , one’s own Dadi of smile[inf.m.sg.d.] , remembrance be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
206You remember, do you not, the smile of Father Brahma, the smile of Jagadamba and the smile of our Dadi?
167डबल फारेनर्स को भी दादी का मुस्कराता चेहरा अच्छा लगता है ना ! double foreigners kō bhī dādī kā muskarātā chēhrā achchhā lagtā hai nā ! double foreigner kō[postp.] bhī[p.] dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] muskarānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā ! double foreigner to too Dadi of smile[pres-part.m.sg.d.] face enjoy ∅ !
207Double foreigners, you love Dadiji’s smiling face, do you not?
168हाथ हिला रहे है . hāth hilā rahē hai . hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] hilnā[x.past-part+rahnā]|hilānā[x] . hand (x[x.past-part+rahnā]|make fluctuate[x]) .
208You are waving your hands!
169हँसो नहीं , मुस्कराओ . hãsō nahī̃ , muskarāō . x nahī̃[neg] , muskarānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x not , smile[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
209Do not laugh, just smile.
170जोर से हंसना नही , मुस्कराना क्योंकि बापदादा को अभी तीव्र पुरुषार्थ चाहिए . jōr sē hansnā nahī , muskarānā kyōṅki bāpdādā kō abhī tīvr puruṣhārth chāhiē . zōr[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] hãsnā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] , muskarānā[inf.m.sg.d.] kyōṅki bāpdādā kō[postp.] ab[adv.hī] tīvr[adj.] puruṣhārth[n.m.;sg.,d.] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] . x from laugh out[inf.m.sg.d.] not , smile[inf.m.sg.d.] because BapDada to now intense effort (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) .
210Do not laugh loudly, simply smile. 211BapDada now wants you to make intense effort.
171क्यों ? kyō̃ ? kyō̃ ? why ?
212Why?
172क्योंकि बापदादा ने देखा कि बहुत काल का संस्कार आवश्यक है . kyōṅki bāpdādā nē dēkhā ki bahut kāl kā saṅskār āvaśhyak hai . kyōṅki bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] bahut kal kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saṅskār[x] āvaśhyak[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . because BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] that very x of sanskar x be[pres.sg.23] .
213BapDada has seen that the sanskars of a long period of time are necessary.
173अगर अन्त में तीव्र पुरुषार्थ करेंगे तो बहुतकाल में जमा नही होगा . agar ant mē̃ tīvr puruṣhārth karē̃gē tō bahutkāl mē̃ jamā nahī hōgā . agar ant[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] tīvr[adj.] puruṣhārth[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō bahutkāl mē̃[postp.] jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamānā[root] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] . if end in intense effort do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then a long period of time in (accumulation|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|make firm[root]) not be[fut.m.sg.23] .
214If you make intense effort at the end, that will not be accumulated in the account of a long period of time.
174और बहुतकाल में अगर आपका जमा नहीं होगा तो 21 जन्म का बहुतकाल का अधिकार भी कम हो जायेगा . aur bahutkāl mē̃ agar āpkā jamā nahī̃ hōgā tō 21 janm kā bahutkāl kā adhikār bhī kam hō jāyēgā . aur bahutkāl mē̃[postp.] agar āp[pn.pl.kā] jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamānā[root] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] tō 21 janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bahutkāl kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] adhikār[x] bhī[p.] kam hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . and a long period of time in if you[.kā] (accumulation|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|make firm[root]) not be[fut.m.sg.23] then 21 (life|be born[root]) of a long period of time of right too decrease .
215If you haven’t accumulated over a long period, then your right to the long time of the period of 21 births will also be reduced.
175तो बापदादा नहीं चाहता है कि एक भी बच्चे का अधिकार कम हो , जब मेरा बाबा कहा , तो मेरा बाबा कहने वाले बच्चे का अधिकार कम नहीं होना चाहिए क्योंकि बाप का तो चाहे लास्ट बच्चा है , बाप जानता है , लास्ट है लेकिन कभी मुरली में नहीं कहा कि वह लास्ट बच्चा है . tō bāpdādā nahī̃ chāhtā hai ki ēk bhī bachchē kā adhikār kam hō , jab mērā bābā kahā , tō mērā bābā kahnē vālē bachchē kā adhikār cum|kam nahī̃ hōnā chāhiē kyōṅki bāp kā tō chāhē last bachchā hai , bāp jāntā hai , last hai lēkin kabhī murlī mē̃ nahī̃ kahā ki vah last bachchā hai . tō bāpdādā nahī̃[neg] chāhnā[pres.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] ēk[adj.] bhī[p.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] adhikār[x] kam hōnā[root] , jab maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bābā kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , tō maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bābā kahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] adhikār[x] cum|kam[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|hōnā[.oblig3] kyōṅki bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tō chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] last bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] jānnā[pres.sg.m.23] , last hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin kabhī[adv.] murlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] vah[pn.sg.d.] last bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then BapDada not x[pres.sg.m.23] that one too child of right decrease , when I[.kā] Baba say[past-part.m.sg.d.] , then I[.kā] Baba say[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who child of right (x|less) not (be[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|be[.oblig3]) because father of then (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) last child be[pres.sg.23] , father know[pres.sg.m.23] , last be[pres.sg.23] but ever flute in not say[past-part.m.sg.d.] that that last child be[pres.sg.23] . 176मीठे मीठे बच्चे कहते है तो जो कडुवे है उन्हो को छोडके मीठे बच्चों को याद प्यार , यह कभी कहा है ? mīṭhē mīṭhē bachchē kahtē hai tō jō kaḍuvē hai unhō kō chōḍakē mīṭhē bachchō̃ kō yād pyār , yah kabhī kahā hai ? mīṭhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mīṭhē bachchē[x] kahnā[x] tō jō[pn.;d.] kaṛuvā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] x mīṭhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] yād[n.f.;sg.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] , yah[pn.sg.d.] kabhī[adv.] kahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ? sweet sweet children say[x] then that bitter be[pres.sg.23] that to x sweet child to remembrance love , this ever say[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ?
216BapDada does not want any child who has said “My Baba” to have any less of a right. 217For the Father, even if it is the last child, the Father knows that he is the last child, but has Baba ever said in a murli, when saying “sweet, sweet children”, does He omit those who are bitter and give love and remembrance only to those who are sweet children? 218Has Baba ever said this?
177जानते तो हैं कि वह लास्ट बच्चा है लेकिन फिर भी मीठे मीठे बच्चे कहते है , कडुवा नही कहते है . jāntē tō haĩ ki vah last bachchā hai lēkin phir bhī mīṭhē mīṭhē bachchē kahtē hai , kaḍuvā nahī kahtē hai . jānnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] tō hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ki[conj.] vah[pn.sg.d.] last bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin phir bhī[x] mīṭhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mīṭhē bachchē[x] kahnā[x] , kaṛuvā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] kahnā[x] . know[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] then be[pres.pl.12hon3] that that last child be[pres.sg.23] but nevertheless sweet sweet children say[x] , bitter not say[x] .
219He knows that that one is the last child, but He still says, “My sweet sweet child”. 220He doesn’t say, “My bitter child”.
178तो बाप समान बनना है ना ! tō bāp samān bannā hai nā ! tō bāp samān[x] bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] nā ! then equal to the Father become[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ∅ !
221So, you have to become equal to the Father, do you not?
179बापदादा को खुशी होती है , जब सभी का लक्ष्य पूछते हैं तो कहते हैं बाप समान बनना है , लास्ट नम्बर भी यही कहता है , तो बापदादा खुश होते है , फिर भी लक्ष्य ऊंचा रखा है तो लक्षण भी आते जायेंगे . bāpdādā kō khuśhī hōtī hai , jab sabhī kā lakṣhya pūchhtē haĩ tō kahtē haĩ bāp samān bannā hai , last number bhī yahī kahtā hai , tō bāpdādā khuśh hōtē hai , phir bhī lakṣhya ūñchā rakhā hai tō lakṣhaṇ bhī ātē jāyēṅgē . bāpdādā kō[postp.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] , jab sab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lakṣhya[adj.] pūchhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] bāp samān[x] bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , last number bhī[p.] yahī[pn.;d.] kahnā[pres.sg.m.23] , tō bāpdādā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[x] , phir bhī[x] lakṣhya[adj.] ūñch[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rakhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] tō lakṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+jānā] . BapDada to happiness be[pres.sg.f.23] , when all of aim ask[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] equal to the Father become[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , last number too this say[pres.sg.m.23] , then BapDada happy be[x] , nevertheless aim elevated keep[pres-perf.sg.m.23] then qualification too come[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+jānā] .
222BapDada is pleased. 223When you are all asked what your aim is, you say that you want to become equal to the Father. 224Even the last number child says this. 225BapDada is pleased with this because you have at least kept an elevated aim, and so the qualifications will also continue to develop.
180बहुतकाल जरूर इकट्ठा करना है फिर लास्ट में नही उल्हना देना कि हमें तो बहुतकाल याद ही नही था . bahutkāl jarūr ikaṭṭhā karnā hai phir last mē̃ nahī ulhanā dēnā ki hamē̃ tō bahutkāl yād hī nahī thā . bahutkāl zarūr ikaṭṭhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] last mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] ulhanā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.kō] tō bahutkāl yād[n.f.;sg.] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[past.m.sg] . a long period of time definitely together do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] (then|turn[root]) last in not complaint give[inf.m.sg.d.] that we[.kō] then a long period of time remembrance only not be[past.m.sg] .
226You definitely have to accumulate over a long period of time, Then, at the end, do not complain that you didn’t 227remember about the long period of time.
18163 जन्म के बहुतकाल का प्रभाव अभी तक भी देख रहे हैं . 63 janm kē|K bahutkāl kā prabhāv abhī tak bhī dēkh rahē haĩ . 63 janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bahutkāl kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] ab[adv.hī] tak bhī[p.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . 63 (life|be born[root]) (of|K) a long period of time of x now until too see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
228You are even now seeing the impact of the long period of time of 63 births.
182चाहते नही है हो जाता है , यह क्या है ? chāhtē nahī hai hō jātā hai , yah kyā hai ? chāhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] , yah[pn.sg.d.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] not be[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] , this what be[pres.sg.23] ?
229“I don’t want it to happen, but it happens.” 230What is this?
183बहुतकाल का प्रभाव है . bahutkāl kā prabhāv hai . bahutkāl kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . a long period of time of x be[pres.sg.23] .
231That is the impact of a long period of time.
184इसलिए बापदादा हर एक प्यारे से प्यारे बच्चों को यही कहते हैं तीव्र पुरुषार्थी भव ! isliē bāpdādā har ēk pyārē sē pyārē bachchō̃ kō yahī kahtē haĩ tīvr puruṣhārthī bhav ! isliē bāpdādā har ēk[x] pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē[postp.] pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] yahī[pn.;d.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tīvr[adj.] purūṣhārthī[adj.] bhav|bhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] ! therefore BapDada each one loving from loving child to this say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] intense effort-maker (may you be|x) !
232Therefore, BapDada says to each of the loveliest of all children: May you be an intense effortmaker.
185होमवर्क याद रखना , 15 दिन के बाद रिजल्ट पूंछेगें . homework yād rakhnā , 15 din kē bād result pūñchēgē̃ . home work yād rakhnā[x] , 15 din[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē bād[x] result x . homework remember , 15 day after result x .
233Remember your homework. 234Baba will ask for the result after 15 days.
18615 दिन मे संस्कार पड जायेगे ना ! 15 din mē saṅskār paḍ jāyēgē nā ! 15 din[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃ saṅskār[x] paṛnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] nā ! 15 day in sanskar fall[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] ∅ ! 187तो आगे भी होगा . tō āgē bhī hōgā . tō āgē bhī[p.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] . then previously too be[fut.m.sg.23] .
235Once you have created the sanskars in 15 days, you will then be able to continue in the future too.
188यहाँ तो वायुमण्डल की मदद है ना . yahā̃ tō vāyumaṇḍal kī|key madad hai nā . yahā̃ tō vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key madad[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . here then atmosphere (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
236Here, you also have the help of the atmosphere.
189और सब मधुबन वाले ड्यूटी में हैं या जोन जिसका टर्न है , वह ड्यूटी पर है और तो सब फ्री है . aur sab madhuban vālē duty mē̃ haĩ yā zone jiskā turn hai , vah duty par hai aur tō sab free hai . aur sab[adj.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] duty mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] yā zone jō[pn.sg.kā] tum hōnā[pres.sg.23] , vah[pn.sg.d.] duty par[adj.]|par[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur tō sab[adj.] free hōnā[pres.sg.23] . and all Madhuban those who duty in be[pres.pl.12hon3] or zone that[.kā] you be[pres.sg.23] , that duty (other|at) be[pres.sg.23] and then all free be[pres.sg.23] .
237All the residents of Madhuban are on duty and the zone whose turn it is are on duty, but everyone else is free.
190तो क्या करेंगे ? tō kyā karē̃gē ? tō kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? then what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
238So, what will you do?
191दादी ( दादी जानकी से ) सुनाओ क्या करेंगे ? dādī ( dādī jānkī sē ) sunāō kyā karē̃gē ? dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ( dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] jānkī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] ) sunānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? Dadi ( Dadi x from ) speak[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
239Dadi, speak, what will you all do?
192करके दिखायेंगे ? karkē dikhāyēṅgē ? karnā[abs.] dikhānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? do[abs.] x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
240We will definitely do it and show everyone.
193करके ही दिखाना है . karkē hī dikhānā hai . karnā[abs.] hī[p.] dikhānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . do[abs.] only x[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
241We definitely have to do it.
194 ( बाबा जरूर आपको प्रत्यक्ष करके दिखायेंगे ) पहले अपने को प्रत्यक्ष करो तब बाप प्रत्यक्ष होगा . ( bābā jarūr āpkō pratyakṣha karkē dikhāyēṅgē ) pahlē apnē kō pratyakṣha karō tab bāp pratyakṣha hōgā . ( bābā zarūr āp[pn.pl.kō] pratyakṣh[adj.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ) pahlē[adv.]|pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] pratyakṣh[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tab bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] pratyakṣh[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] . ( Baba definitely you[.kō] visible do[abs.] x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ) (firstly|x) one’s own to visible do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] for only then father visible be[fut.m.sg.23] . 195क्योकि आप द्वारा होना है ना ! kyōki āp dvārā hōnā hai nā ! kyōṅki āp[pn.pl.] dvārā hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] nā ! because you through be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ∅ !
242First of all reveal yourselves, and then the Father will be revealed, because everything has to happen through you.
196तो बाप कहते है आप कब अपने को प्रत्यक्ष करेंगे ? tō bāp kahtē hai āp kab apnē kō pratyakṣha karē̃gē ? tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kahnā[x] āp[pn.pl.] kab apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] pratyakṣh[adj.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? then father say[x] you when one’s own to visible do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
243The Father asks: When will you reveal yourselves?
197आपसे तो बाप प्रत्यक्ष हो ही जायेगा . āpsē tō bāp pratyakṣha hō hī jāyēgā . āp[pn.pl.sē] tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] pratyakṣh[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] hī[p.] jānā[fut.m.sg.23] . you[.sē] then father visible (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) only go[fut.m.sg.23] .
244The Father will anyway be revealed through you.
198है उमंग ? hai umaṅg ? hōnā[pres.sg.23] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] ? be[pres.sg.23] zeal ?
245Do you have that enthusiasm?
199कितना उमंग है ? kitnā umaṅg hai ? kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? so zeal be[pres.sg.23] ?
246How much enthusiasm do you have?
200बहुत उमंग है ? bahut umaṅg hai ? bahut umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? very zeal be[pres.sg.23] ?
247Do you have a lot of enthusiasm?
201सभी को जितना बहुत-बहुत उमंग है उतना ही बापदादा पदम-पदम-पदमगुणा इन एडवांस मुबारक दे रहे है . sabhī kō jitnā bahut-bahut umaṅg hai utnā hī bāpdādā padam-padam-padamguṇā in advance mubārak dē rahē hai . sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bahut umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] utnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hī[p.] bāpdādā padamguṇā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] in advance[x] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[x] . all to the more very zeal be[pres.sg.23] x only BapDada multimillion-fold in advance congratulations give[x] .
248To the extent that you have lots and lots of enthusiasm, accordingly, BapDada is also giving you multi, multi, multimillionfold congratulations in advance.
202अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
249Achcha.
203जगह जगह से बच्चो के ईमेल और पत्र तो आते ही हैं . jagah jagah sē bachchō kē|K email aur patra tō ātē hī haĩ . jagah[n.f.;sg.] jagah[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K email aur patra[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō ānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . x x from child (of|K) e-mail and x then come[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] only be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
250Baba receives children’s emails and letters from many different places.
204तो जिन्होंने पत्र भी नही लिखा है लेकिन संकल्प किया है तो संकल्प वालों का भी याद प्यार बापदादा के पास पहुंच गया है . tō jinhōnnē patra bhī nahī likhā hai lēkin saṅkalp kiyā hai tō saṅkalp vālō̃ kā bhī yād pyār bāpdādā kē pās pahuñch gayā hai . tō jō[pn.pl.nē] patra[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] likhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] lēkin saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] tō saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] yād[n.f.;sg.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāpdādā kē pās[x] pahuñchnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . then that[.nē] x too not write[pres-perf.sg.m.23] but thought do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] then thought those who of too remembrance love BapDada to reach[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
251Those who have not written letters, but have had the thought, then the love and remembrance of all who just had the thought also reached BapDada.
205पत्र बहुत मीठे मीठे लिखते हैं . patra bahut mīṭhē mīṭhē likhtē haĩ . patra[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahut mīṭhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mīṭhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] likhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . x very sweet sweet write[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
252They write very sweet letters.
206पत्र ऐसे लिखते है जो लगता है कि यह उमंग-उत्साह में उडते ही रहेंगे . patra aisē likhtē hai jō lagtā hai ki yah umaṅg-utsāh mē̃ uḍtē hī rahē̃gē . patra[n.m.;sg.,d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] likhnā[x] jō[pn.;d.] lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] yah[pn.sg.d.] umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] uṛnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hī[p.] rahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . x such write[x] that x[pres.sg.m.23] that this zeal and enthusiasm in fly[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] only remain[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . 207फिर भी अच्छा है , पत्र लिखने से अपने को बंधन में बांध लेते हैं , वायदा करते है ना ! phir bhī achchhā hai , patra likhnē sē apnē kō bandhan mē̃ bāndh lētē haĩ , vāydā kartē hai nā ! phir bhī[x] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , patra[n.m.;sg.,d.] likhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] bandhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bāndhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+lēnā] , vāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] karnā[x] nā ! nevertheless achcha be[pres.sg.23] , x write[inf.m.pl.,o.] from one’s own to bondage in tie[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+lēnā] , promise do[x] ∅ !
253They write such letters that you just remain flying in zeal and enthusiasm; nevertheless, it is good. 254By writing letters, they tie themselves in bondage, because they make that promise.
208तो चारों ओर के जो जहाँ देख रहे है या सुन रहे हैं , उन सभी को भी बापदादा सम्मुख वालों से भी पहले यादप्यार दे रहे हैं क्योंकि बापदादा जानते हैं कि कहाँ कोई टाइम है , कहाँ कोई टाइम है लेकिन सब बड़े उत्साह से बैठे हैं , याद में सुन भी रहे है . tō chārō̃ ōr kē|K jō jahā̃ dēkh rahē hai yā sun rahē haĩ , un sabhī kō bhī bāpdādā sammukh vālō̃ sē bhī pahlē yādpyār dē rahē haĩ kyōṅki bāpdādā jāntē haĩ ki kahā̃ kōī time hai , kahā̃ kōī time hai lēkin sab baṛē utsāh sē baiṭhē haĩ , yād mē̃ sun bhī rahē hai . tō chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K jō[pn.;d.] jahā̃ dēkhnā[x] yā sunnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , vah[pn.pl.o.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] bāpdādā sammukh vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] pahlē[adv.]|pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] kyōṅki bāpdādā jānnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] kahā̃ kōī[pn.;d.] time hōnā[pres.sg.23] , kahā̃ kōī[pn.;d.] time hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin sab[adj.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , yād[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] sunnā[root] bhī[p.] rahnā[x] . then everywhere (of|K) that where there see[x] or listen[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , that all to too BapDada in front of you those who from too (firstly|x) love, remembrance give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] because BapDada know[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that where some time be[pres.sg.23] , where some time be[pres.sg.23] but all very enthusiasm from sit[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , remembrance in listen[root] too remain[x] .
255So, from wherever all of you are seeing or listening, to all of you too, BapDada is giving you love and remembrance even before giving them to those who are personally sitting in front of Him. 256BapDada knows that it is different times in different countries, but nevertheless, everyone is sitting in remembrance and listening with a lot of enthusiasm.
209अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
210सेवा का टर्न - यूपी . और इन्दौर लोन का है - ( सामने टीचर्स खड़ी है ) यह सब टीचर्स है . sēvā kā turn - UP . aur Indore loan kā hai - ( sāmnē teachers khaṛī hai ) yah sab teachers hai . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tum - U P . aur Indore loan kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] - ( sāmnē teacher khaṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ) yah[pn.sg.d.] sab[adj.] teacher hōnā[pres.sg.23] . service of you - U.P. . and Indore loan of be[pres.sg.23] - ( x teacher standing be[pres.sg.23] ) this all teacher be[pres.sg.23] .
257This time it is the turn of Uttar Pradesh (UP) and Indore Zone: 258All of these are teachers.
211दोनो तरफ की टीचर्स है . dōnō taraph kī|key teachers hai . dōnō̃[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key teacher hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x direction (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) teacher be[pres.sg.23] .
259There are teachers from both places.
212अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
260It is good.
213बापदादा को टीचर्स पर भी नाज है क्योंकि हिम्मत रखकर सरेण्डर होके सारी जीवन सेवा के प्रति लगाने का संकल्प ले लिया है . bāpdādā kō teachers par bhī nāj hai kyōṅki himmat rakhkar surrender hōkē sārī jīvan sēvā kē prati lagānē kā saṅkalp lē liyā hai . bāpdādā kō[postp.] teacher par[adj.]|par[postp.] bhī[p.] nāz[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kyōṅki himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[abs.] surrender hōnā[abs.] sārā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kē prati[x] lagānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] lēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+lēnā] . BapDada to teacher (other|at) too pleasure be[pres.sg.23] because courage keep[abs.] surrender be[abs.] the whole life service for attach[inf.m.pl.,o.] of thought take[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+lēnā] .
261BapDada is proud of the teachers, because you have maintained courage and surrendered yourselves and had the thought to remain engaged in service throughout your whole life.
214टीचर्स पक्की है ना ? teachers pakkī hai nā ? teacher pakkā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ? teacher firm be[pres.sg.23] ∅ ?
262Teachers, you are strong, are you not?
215पक्के है कि थोड़े थोडे कच्चे है ? pakkē hai ki thōṛē thōḍē kachchē hai ? pakkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kachchā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? firm be[pres.sg.23] that short short weak be[pres.sg.23] ?
263Are you strong? 264Or, are you a little weak?
216टीचर्स कच्चे नहीं बनना . teachers kachchē nahī̃ bannā . teacher kachchā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] . teacher weak not become[inf.m.sg.d.] . 217टीचर्स अर्थात् अपने फीचर्स से फ्यूचर दिखाने वाली . teachers arthāt apnē features sē future dikhānē vālī . teacher arthāt apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] feature sē[postp.] future dikhānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] . teacher that is one’s own feature from future x[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who .
265Teachers, do not become weak. ‘Teachers’ means those who reveal the future through their features.
218अभी संगमयुग का फ्यूचर है - फरिश्ता भव . abhī saṅgamyug kā future hai - phariśhtā bhav . ab[adv.hī] saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] future hōnā[pres.sg.23] - phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bhav|bhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] . now confluence age of future be[pres.sg.23] - angel (may you be|x) .
266Now, the future of the confluence age is: May you be angelic!
219और भविष्य का फीचर्स है - देवता भव . aur bhaviṣhya kā features hai - dēvtā bhav . aur bhaviṣhya[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] feature hōnā[pres.sg.23] - dēvtā[n.f.;sg.] bhav|bhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] . and future of feature be[pres.sg.23] - deity (may you be|x) .
267And, the features in the future are: May you be a deity!
220तो जो भी सेवाधारी ग्रुप आया है , उनको डबल नशा है कि फरिश्ता सो देवता बनना ही है ! tō jō bhī sēvādhārī group āyā hai , unkō double naśhā hai ki phariśhtā sō dēvtā bannā hī hai ! tō jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] group ānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , vah[pn.pl.kō] double naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] sō|sōnā[root] dēvtā bannā[x] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ! then that too server group come[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , that[.kō] double intoxication be[pres.sg.23] that angel (x|sleep[root]) become deity only be[pres.sg.23] !
268So, whoever has come in this group, do you servers have the double intoxication that you are definitely going to become angels and so deities?
221सभी पक्के है ना ? sabhī pakkē hai nā ? sab[adv.hī] pakkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ? all firm be[pres.sg.23] ∅ ?
269All of you are strong in this, are you not?
222हाँ देखो , आपका फोटो आ रहा है , तो ऐसा नहीं हो कि फोटो दिखाई नहीं दे , पक्के रहना . hā̃ dēkhō , āpkā phōṭō ā rahā hai , tō aisā nahī̃ hō ki phōṭō dikhāī nahī̃ dē , pakkē rahnā . hā̃ dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , āp[pn.pl.kā] photo ānā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , tō aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ki[conj.] photo dikhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|dikhānā[past-part.f.] nahī̃[neg] dēnā[opt.sg.23]|dēnā[root] , pakkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . yes see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , you[.kā] photograph come[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , then such not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) that photograph (x|x[past-part.f.]) not (give[opt.sg.23]|give[root]) , firm remain[inf.m.sg.d.] .
270Look, your photo is being taken. 271So, it should not be that you are not visible in the photo. 272Remain strong.
223क्योकि जब कहाँ थोड़ी बहुत हलचल होती है ना तो कई बहुत जल्दी घबरा जाते हें . kyōki jab kahā̃ thōṛī bahut halchal hōtī hai nā tō kaī bahut jaldī ghabrā jātē hē̃ . kyōṅki jab kahā̃ thōṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bahut halchal[x] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] nā tō kaī bahut jaldī ghabrānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . because when where short very upheaval be[pres.sg.f.23] ∅ then some very very quickly be afraid[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .
273When there is a little upheaval somewhere, then some of you become frightened. 274You very quickly become frightened.
224गहराई में नही जाते , घबरा जाते है . gahrāī mē̃ nahī jātē , ghabrā jātē hai . gahrāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] jānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , ghabrānā[x.root+jānā] . depths in not go[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , be afraid[x.root+jānā] .
275You do not go into the depths, but become afraid.
225अगर गहराई में जाये ना , तो कभी भी कितना भी बडा हलचल वाला पेपर हो या बात हो लेकिन गहराई मे जाने वाले जैसे समुद्र होता है ना , तो समुद्र के तले में जाने वाले बहुत माल लेके आते हैं . agar gahrāī mē̃ jāyē nā , tō kabhī bhī kitnā bhī baḍā halchal vālā paper hō yā bāt hō lēkin gahrāī mē jānē vālē jaisē samudra hōtā hai nā , tō samudra kē|K talē mē̃ jānē vālē bahut māl lēkē ātē haĩ . agar gahrāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] nā , tō kabhī[adv.] bhī[p.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] halchal[x] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] paper hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] yā bāt[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] lēkin gahrāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃ jānnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|jānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|jānnā[opt.sg.23] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samudr[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā , tō samudr[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K talnā[opt.sg.23]|talnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|talā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] jānnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|jānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|jānnā[opt.sg.23] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bahut māl[n.m.;sg.,d.] lēnā[abs.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . if depths in go[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ∅ , then ever too so too very upheaval those who paper (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) or matter (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) but depths in (know[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|go[inf.m.pl.,o.]|know[opt.sg.23]) those who like ocean be[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ , then ocean (of|K) (fry[opt.sg.23]|fry[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bottom) in (know[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|go[inf.m.pl.,o.]|know[opt.sg.23]) those who very rich food take[abs.] come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
276If you go into the depths, then no matter how big a paper or situation of upheaval it may be, when you go into the depths, then, like going to the bottom of the ocean, you come up with lots of treasures. 277Do not be those who just remain on the surface.
226ऊपर-ऊपर वाले नही , ऊपर वालो को तो मछली मिलेगी लेकिन गहराई मे जाने वाले बहुत चीज़ें ले आते हैं . ūpar-ūpar vālē nahī , ūpar vālō kō tō machhlī milēgī lēkin gahrāī mē jānē vālē bahut chīzē̃ lē ātē haĩ . ūpar vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] , ūpar vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] tō machhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] milnā[fut.f.sg.23] lēkin gahrāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃ jānnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|jānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|jānnā[opt.sg.23] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bahut chīz[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] lēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+ānā] . over those who not , over those who to then fish receive[fut.f.sg.23] but depths in (know[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|go[inf.m.pl.,o.]|know[opt.sg.23]) those who very thing take[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+ānā] .
278Those who remain on the surface would only find fish but those who go into the depths would bring up lots of things.
227तो यहाँ भी कोई भी बात होवे , बातें तो आयेगी , बाते नहीं आयेगी - यह बापदादा नही कहेगा . tō yahā̃ bhī kōī bhī bāt hōvē , bātē̃ tō āyēgī , bātē nahī̃ āyēgī - yah bāpdādā nahī kahēgā . tō yahā̃ bhī[p.] kōī bhī[x] bāt[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[opt.sg.23] , bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] tō ānā[fut.f.sg.23] , bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[fut.f.sg.23] - yah[pn.sg.d.] bāpdādā nahī̃[neg] kahnā[fut.m.sg.23] . then here too anyone matter be[opt.sg.23] , matter then come[fut.f.sg.23] , matter not come[fut.f.sg.23] - this BapDada not say[fut.m.sg.23] . 228जितना आगे जायेगे उतनी सूक्ष्म बाते आयेगी क्योकि पास विद आनर होना है ना . jitnā āgē jāyēgē utnī sūkṣhma bātē āyēgī kyōki pass with honour hōnā hai nā . jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] āgē jānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] utnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sūkṣhma[adj.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] ānā[fut.f.sg.23] kyōṅki pass with honour[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] nā . the more previously go[fut.m.pl.12hon3] x subtle matter come[fut.f.sg.23] because pass with honours be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ∅ .
279Here, too, if any situation arises and of course situations will come, BapDada will not say that situations will not come when any situation comes, the more you move forward, the more subtle things will come in front of you, because you are to pass with honours.
229टीचर्स ने क्या सोचा है ? teachers nē kyā sōchā hai ? teacher nē[postp.] kyā sōchnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ? teacher ∅ what think[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ?
280So, what have the teachers thought?
230पास विद आनर होना है या 33 मार्क्स से पास होना है ? pass with honour hōnā hai yā 33 marks sē pass|pās hōnā hai ? pass with honour[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] yā 33 mark sē[postp.] pass|pās hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ? pass with honours be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] or 33 mark from (pass|x) be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ?
281Are you going to pass with honours? 282Or, are you going to pass with 33% marks?
231पास विद आनर होना है तो हाथ उठाओ . pass with honour hōnā hai tō hāth uṭhāō . pass with honour[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] tō hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . pass with honours be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] then raise your hands .
283You have to pass with honours, so raise your hands!
232इन्हो का अच्छी तरह से फोटो निकालो . inhō kā achchhī tarah sē phōṭō nikālō . x kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] tarah[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] photo nikālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x of achcha x from photograph x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
284Take their photo very well.
233अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
234तो हलचल मे घबराना नहीं . tō halchal mē ghabrānā nahī̃ . tō halchal[x] mē̃ ghabrānā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] . then upheaval in be afraid[inf.m.sg.d.] not .
285Your photos will also be taken, do not be afraid.
235बापदादा को उस समय भूल जाते हो , अकेले बन जाते हो ना तो छोटी बात भी बडी लगती है . bāpdādā kō us samay bhūl jātē hō , akēlē ban jātē hō nā tō chhōṭī bāt bhī baḍī lagtī hai . bāpdādā kō[postp.] vah[pn.sg.o.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhūl jānā[pres.pl.m.2] , akēlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bannā[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] nā tō chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] bāṛī[adj.ā=>ī;f.] lagnā[pres.sg.f.23] . BapDada to that time x[pres.pl.m.2] , alone become[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] ∅ then small matter too x x[pres.sg.f.23] .
286You forget BapDada at that time. 287You become alone and so little things seem very big.
236बापदादा कम्बाइण्ड है , कम्बाइण्ड रखो , अनुभव करो तो देखो पहाड भी रूई बन जायेगा . bāpdādā combined hai , combined rakhō , anubhav karō tō dēkhō pahāḍ bhī rūī ban jāyēgā . bāpdādā combined hōnā[pres.sg.23] , combined rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] x bhī[p.] rūī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bannā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . BapDada combined be[pres.sg.23] , combined keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , experience do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] x too x become[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .
288BapDada is combined with you, so keep Him with you in the combined form. 289Experience this and even a mountain will then become like cotton wool.
237कोई बडी बात नही है . kōī baḍī bāt nahī hai . kōī[pn.;d.] bāṛī[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . some x matter not be[pres.sg.23] .
290It is not a big thing.
238कितने बारी पास हुए हो , कितने कल्प पास हुए हो , पता है ? kitnē bārī pass|pās huē hō , kitnē kalp pass|pās huē hō , patā hai ? kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] pass|pās hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] , kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] pass|pās hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] , patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? so x (pass|x) be[pres-perf.pl.m.2] , so cycle (pass|x) be[pres-perf.pl.m.2] , knowledge be[pres.sg.23] ?
291Do you know how many times you have passed in how many cycles before? 292Do you know?
239नशा है ? naśhā hai ? naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? intoxication be[pres.sg.23] ?
293Do you have that intoxication?
240अनेक बार मैं ही पास हुआ हूँ , अभी रिपीट करना है . anēk bār maĩ hī pass|pās huā hū̃ , abhī repeat karnā hai . anēk[adj.] bār[n.f.;sg.] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] hī[p.] pass|pās hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.1] , ab[adv.hī] repeat karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . many time I only (pass|x) be[pres-perf.sg.m.1] , now repeat do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
294“I have passed many times, and now I just have to repeat it.
241नई बात नहीं है , सिर्फ रिपीट करना है , यह स्मृति रखो . naī bāt nahī̃ hai , sirph repeat karnā hai , yah smr̥iti rakhō . nayā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , sirph[adj.] repeat karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , yah[pn.sg.d.] smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . new matter not be[pres.sg.23] , only repeat do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , this awareness keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
295It is not a new thing. 296I just have to repeat it.” 297Have this awareness.
242तो इन्दौर और यूपी , यूपी को तो साकार माँ बाप की बहुत पालना मिली है . tō Indore aur UP , UP kō tō sākār mā̃ bāp kī|key bahut pālnā milī hai . tō Indore aur U P , U P kō[postp.] tō sākār, sākārī[adj.] mā̃[n.f.;sg.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bahut pālnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|pālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] milnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . then Indore and U.P. , U.P. to then sakar mother father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) very (x|sustenance[inf.m.sg.d.]) receive[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . 243तो यूपी को तो कमाल करना है . tō UP kō tō kamāl karnā hai . tō U P kō[postp.] tō kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . then U.P. to then x do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
298Indore and UP. 299UP received a lot of sustenance from sakar mother and father; so UP has to perform wonders.
244और इन्दौर की भी विशेषता है कि साकार बाप की प्रेरणा से सेण्टर खुला है . aur Indore kī|key bhī viśhēṣhtā hai ki sākār bāp kī|key prērṇā sē centre khulā hai . aur Indore karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bhī[p.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] sākār, sākārī[adj.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key prērṇā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] centre khulnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . and Indore (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) too speciality be[pres.sg.23] that sakar father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) inspiration from centre open up[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
300And the speciality of Indore is that the centre was opened through sakar Baba’s inspiration.
245ऐसे है ना ? aisē hai nā ? aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ? such be[pres.sg.23] ∅ ?
301It was like that, was it not?
246दोनों की विशेषता है , तो अभी दोनों ही करो कमाल . dōnō̃ kī|key viśhēṣhtā hai , tō abhī dōnō̃ hī karō kamāl . dōnō̃ karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , tō ab[adv.hī] dōnō̃ hī[p.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] . x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) speciality be[pres.sg.23] , then now x only do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] x .
302Both have this speciality. 303So now, both of you have to perform wonders.
247ऐसा वायुमण्डल बनाके दिखाओ , जैसे अभी किसको भी परिचय देते हो तो क्या कहते हो ? aisā vāyumaṇḍal banākē dikhāō , jaisē abhī kiskō bhī parichay dētē hō tō kyā kahtē hō ? aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[abs.] dikhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ab[adv.hī] kaun[pn.sg.kō] bhī[p.] parichay dēnā[pres.pl.m.2] tō kyā kahnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? such atmosphere create[abs.] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , like now who[.kō] too x[pres.pl.m.2] then what say[pres.pl.m.2] ?
304Create such an atmosphere and show everyone. 305When you give someone an introduction, what do you tell them?
248मधुबन में आके देखो , कहते हो ना ! madhuban mē̃ ākē dēkhō , kahtē hō nā ! madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[abs.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , kahnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā ! Madhuban in come[abs.] see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , say[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ !
306Come to Madhuban and see it.
249तो अभी अपने जोन को , अपने स्थान को ऐसा बनाओ जो किसको भी कहें कि इन्दौर मे जाके देखो , यूपी मे जाके देखो . tō abhī apnē zone kō , apnē sthān kō aisā banāō jō kiskō bhī kahē̃ ki Indore mē jākē dēkhō , UP mē jākē dēkhō . tō ab[adv.hī] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] zone kō[postp.] , apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] kaun[pn.sg.kō] bhī[p.] kahnā[opt.pl.12hon3] ki[conj.] Indore mē̃ jānā[abs.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , U P mē̃ jānā[abs.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then now one’s own zone to , one’s own place to such create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that who[.kō] too say[opt.pl.12hon3] that Indore in go[abs.] see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , U.P. in go[abs.] see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
307So, now make your zone, your place, such that you can tell anyone, “Go to Indore and see it there. 308Go to UP and see it there.”
250ठीक है ना ? ṭhīk hai nā ? ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ? OK be[pres.sg.23] ∅ ?
309Is this OK?
251पसन्द है ना ? pasand hai nā ? pasand[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ? love be[pres.sg.23] ∅ ?
310Do you like this?
252क्या नही हो सकता है ! kyā nahī hō saktā hai ! kyā nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ! what not be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] !
311What can you not do?
253आप एक-एक मास्टर सर्वशक्तिवान के संकल्प में इतनी ताकत है जो चाहो वह हो सकता है . āp ēk-ēk master sarvśhaktivān kē|K saṅkalp mē̃ itnī tākat hai jō chāhō vah hō saktā hai . āp[pn.pl.] ēk[adj.] master sarvśhaktivān[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] itnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] tākat[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] jō[pn.;d.] chāhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] vah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] . you one master Almighty Authority (of|K) thought in such power be[pres.sg.23] that x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] . 254सिर्फ दृढता चाहिए . sirph dr̥iḍhtā chāhiē . sirph[adj.] dr̥iṛhtā[n.f.;sg.] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] . only determination (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) .
312Each of you master almighty authorities have so much power in your every thought that you can do whatever you want, but you just need determination.
255दृढता की चाबी कभी-कभी माया चोरी कर देती है . dr̥iḍhtā kī|key chābī kabhī-kabhī māyā chōrī kar dētī hai . dr̥iṛhtā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key chābī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kabhī[adv.] māyā[n.f.;sg.] chōrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+dēnā] . determination (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) key ever Maya stealing do[pres.sg.f.23.root+dēnā] .
313Sometimes, Maya steals the key of determination.
256इस चाबी को सदा यूज करो , ऐसे नही सम्भाल के रखो , दिमाग में है , चाबी है लेकिन समय पर यूज करो . is chābī kō sadā use karō , aisē nahī sambhāl kē|K rakhō , dimāg mē̃ hai , chābī hai lēkin samay par use karō . yah[pn.sg.o.] chābī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] sadā use karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] sambhālnā[root]|sambhāl[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , dimāg[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , chābī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[adj.]|par[postp.] use karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . this key to constantly use do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , such not (be careful[root]|x) (of|K) keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , head in be[pres.sg.23] , key be[pres.sg.23] but time (other|at) use do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
314Constantly use this key; do not just keep it carefully hidden, thinking in your mind that you have it. 315You have the key, but use it at the right time.
257समय बीत जाता है ना , फिर क्या कहते हैं , करना तो ऐसे था , था , था करते है . samay bīt jātā hai nā , phir kyā kahtē haĩ , karnā tō aisē thā , thā , thā kartē hai . samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] bītnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] nā , phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] kyā kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] tō aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[past.m.sg] , hōnā[past.m.sg] , hōnā[past.m.sg] karnā[x] . time pass[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] ∅ , (then|turn[root]) what say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , do[inf.m.sg.d.] then such be[past.m.sg] , be[past.m.sg] , be[past.m.sg] do[x] . 258तो था , था नही करना . tō thā , thā nahī karnā . tō hōnā[past.m.sg] , hōnā[past.m.sg] nahī̃[neg] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then be[past.m.sg] , be[past.m.sg] not do[inf.m.sg.d.] .
316After the time has passed, you then say, “I had to do this, but..” 317So, don’t say, “I had to, I had to…”.
259समय पर करना . samay par karnā . samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[adj.]|par[postp.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . time (other|at) do[inf.m.sg.d.] . 260तो जोन नम्बरवन हो जायेगा . tō zone number one hō jāyēgā . tō zone number one hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . then zone number one be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .
318Do everything at the right time and then this zone will become number one.
261सभी का लक्ष्य अच्छा है , नम्बरवन होना है . sabhī kā lakṣhya achchhā hai , number one hōnā hai . sab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lakṣhya[adj.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , number one hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . all of aim achcha be[pres.sg.23] , number one be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
319All of you have a good aim. 320You have to become number one.
262यही लक्ष्य है ना , कि जो भी नम्बर मिले ठीक है ? yahī lakṣhya hai nā , ki jō bhī number milē ṭhīk hai ? yahī[pn.;d.] lakṣhya[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā , ki[conj.] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] number milnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|milnā[opt.sg.23] ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? this aim be[pres.sg.23] ∅ , that that too number (receive[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|receive[opt.sg.23]) OK be[pres.sg.23] ?
321You have the aim to become number one, do you not? 322Or, is it OK whatever number you claim?
263बापदादा को भी हर जोन प्यारे ते प्यारा है , क्योंकि हर जोन में कोई न कोई विशेषता है , लेकिन अभी खास विशेषता प्रत्यक्ष नहीं किया है . bāpdādā kō bhī har|her zone pyārē tē pyārā hai , kyōṅki har|her zone mē̃ kōī na kōī viśhēṣhtā hai , lēkin abhī khās viśhēṣhtā pratyakṣha nahī̃ kiyā hai . bāpdādā kō[postp.] bhī[p.] harnā[root]|har|her zone pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē pyārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , kyōṅki harnā[root]|har|her zone mē̃[postp.] kōī na kōī[x] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , lēkin ab[adv.hī] khās viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] pratyakṣh[adj.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . BapDada to too (x[root]|x) zone loving from loving be[pres.sg.23] , because (x[root]|x) zone in one .. or another speciality be[pres.sg.23] , but now x speciality visible not do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
323BapDada loves each and every zone, because every zone has one speciality or another. 324However, you haven’t yet revealed your particular speciality.
264होना तो है ही . hōnā tō hai hī . hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] . be[inf.m.sg.d.] then be[pres.sg.23] only . 265होना तो है ! hōnā tō hai ! hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] ! be[inf.m.sg.d.] then be[pres.sg.23] !
325It has to happen.
266नही , हुआ ही पडा है , सिर्फ रिपीट करो . nahī , huā hī paḍā hai , sirph repeat karō . nahī̃[neg] , hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] paṛnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , sirph[adj.] repeat karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . not , be[past-part.m.sg.d.] only fall[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , only repeat do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
326Not even, “it has to happen”; “it has already happened.” 327Simply repeat it.
267तो सब खुश है ? tō sab khuśh hai ? tō sab[adj.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? then all happy be[pres.sg.23] ?
328Are all of you happy?
268कभी खुशी तो नही गंवाते ? kabhī khuśhī tō nahī ganvātē ? kabhī[adv.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] tō nahī̃[neg] ganvānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ? ever happiness then not lose[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ?
329You do not ever lose your happiness, do you?
269खुशी गई जीवन गई . khuśhī gaī jīvan gaī . khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] jānā[past-part.f.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] jānā[past-part.f.] . happiness go[past-part.f.] life go[past-part.f.] .
330When you lose your happiness, it is as if you have lost your life.
270नीरस जीवन में कोई मजा नहीं . nīras jīvan mē̃ kōī majā nahī̃ . nīras[adj.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kōī[pn.;d.] mazā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] . dry life in some pleasure not .
331There is no pleasure in a tasteless life.
271तो अच्छा है , कोई कमाल करके दिखाओ . tō achchhā hai , kōī kamāl karkē dikhāō . tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , kōī[pn.;d.] kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then achcha be[pres.sg.23] , some x do[abs.] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
332It is good. 333Now show some wonders.
272अभी बापदादा ने सभी जोन को कहा है कोई नवीनता करके दिखाओ . abhī bāpdādā nē sabhī zone kō kahā hai kōī navīntā karkē dikhāō . ab[adv.hī] bāpdādā nē[postp.] sab[adv.hī] zone kō[postp.] kahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] kōī[pn.;d.] navīntā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now BapDada ∅ all zone to say[pres-perf.sg.m.23] some newness do[abs.] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
334BapDada has now told those of all the zones to show some newness.
273अभी नवीनता नहीं दिखाई है . abhī navīntā nahī̃ dikhāī hai . ab[adv.hī] navīntā[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] dikhānā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . now newness not x[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
335You haven’t yet shown any newness.
274यह बड़े प्रोग्राम करना , यह वर्गीकरण के प्रोग्राम करना , यह तो हो रहे है , होते रहेंगे . yah baṛē programme karnā , yah vargīkaraṇ kē|K programme karnā , yah tō hō rahē hai , hōtē rahē̃gē . yah[pn.sg.d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] programme karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , yah[pn.sg.d.] vargīkaraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K programme karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , yah[pn.sg.d.] tō hōnā[x] , hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . this very programme do[inf.m.sg.d.] , this serving the professions (of|K) programme do[inf.m.sg.d.] , this then be[x] , be[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . 275अब कोई नवीनता दिखाओ . ab kōī navīntā dikhāō . ab[adv.] kōī[pn.;d.] navīntā[n.f.;sg.] dikhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now some newness x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 276उसमें देखे कौन सा जोन आगे जाता है , विदेश जावे या देश जाये . usmē̃ dēkhē kaun sā zone āgē jātā hai , vidēśh jāvē yā dēśh jāyē . vah[pn.sg.mē̃] dēkhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|dēkhnā[opt.sg.23] kaun sā[x] zone āgē jānā[pres.sg.m.23] , vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] jānā[opt.sg.23] yā dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . that[.mē̃] (see[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|see[opt.sg.23]) which zone previously go[pres.sg.m.23] , abroad go[opt.sg.23] or land go[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . 277जो सब कापी कर सके , ऐसी नवीनता हो . jō sab kāpī kar sakē , aisī navīntā hō . jō[pn.;d.] sab[adj.] kāpī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[opt.sg.23.root+saknā] , aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] navīntā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . that all copy do[opt.sg.23.root+saknā] , such newness (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
336To have big programmes, to have programmes of the wings they are happening and will continue to happen, but now, show some newness, and we shall see which zone goes ahead in that. 337Whether it is this land or the countries abroad, let there be newness so that everyone can copy.
278देखेंगे , कौन करता है . dēkhē̃gē , kaun kartā hai . dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , kaun[pn.;d.] karnā[pres.sg.m.23] . see[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , who do[pres.sg.m.23] .
338We shall see who does it.
279करना तो है ही . karnā tō hai hī . karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] . do[inf.m.sg.d.] then be[pres.sg.23] only .
339You have to do it.
280अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
340Achcha.
281बहुत अच्छा चांस लिया , बापदादा कहते है जो हर विशेषता मे चांस लेते हैं वह चांसलर बन जाते है . bahut achchhā chance liyā , bāpdādā kahtē hai jō har|her viśhēṣhtā mē chance lētē haĩ vah chancellor ban jātē hai . bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chance lēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , bāpdādā kahnā[x] jō[pn.;d.] harnā[root]|har|her viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃ chance lēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] chancellor bannā[x.root+jānā] . very achcha chance take[past-part.m.sg.d.] , BapDada say[x] that (x[root]|x) speciality in chance take[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that chancellor become[x.root+jānā] .
341You have taken a very good chance. 342BapDada says: Those who take a chance with every speciality become chancellors.
282यज्ञ सेवा का पुण्य जमा किया , बहुत बडा पुण्य जमा किया क्योंकि यहाँ वायुमण्डल और बेफिकर की मदद है , कोई जिम्मेवारी का फिकर नही , जो ड्यूटी मिली वही करनी है , बस . yagya sēvā kā puṇya jamā kiyā , bahut baḍā puṇya jamā kiyā kyōṅki yahā̃ vāyumaṇḍal aur bēphikar kī|key madad hai , kōī jimmēvārī kā phikar nahī , jō duty milī vahī karnī hai , bas . yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] puṇya[n.m.;sg.,d.] jamā karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , bahut baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] puṇya[n.m.;sg.,d.] jamā karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] kyōṅki yahā̃ vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur bēphikr[adj.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key madad[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , kōī[pn.;d.] zimmēvārī, zimmēdārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] phikr[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] , jō[pn.;d.] duty milnā[past-part.f.] vahī karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , bas|basnā[root] . sacrificial fire service of charity accumulate , very very charity accumulate because here atmosphere and carefree (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x be[pres.sg.23] , some responsibility of worry not , that duty receive[past-part.f.] this do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , (simply|x[root]) .
343You have accumulated charity by serving the yagya, you have accumulated great charity, because here you have the help of the atmosphere and of remaining carefree. 344You don’t need to worry about any responsibility except to fulfil the duty that you have been given.
283तो दोनो जोन ने बहुत-बहुत कमाई जमा की ? tō dōnō zone nē bahut-bahut kamāī jamā kī ? tō dōnō̃[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] zone nē[postp.] bahut kamāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|kamānā[past-part.f.] jamā karnā[past-part.f.] ? then x zone ∅ very (earning an income|earn[past-part.f.]) accumulate ?
345So, did both zones accumulate an income? 346Did you? 347Did you accumulate a lot?
284थोडी तो नही की , बहुत की ? thōḍī tō nahī kī|key , bahut kī|key ? thōṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] tō nahī̃[neg] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key , bahut karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key ? short then not (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) , very (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) ?
348You didn’t accumulate just a little; you accumulated a lot.
285अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
349Achcha.
28696 देशों से 900 विदेशी भाई-बहिनें आये हैं - विदेश वाले संख्या बढाने मे अच्छा रिकार्ड दिखा रहे है . 96 dēśhō̃ sē 900 vidēśhī bhāī-bahinē̃ āyē haĩ - vidēśh vālē saṅkhyā baḍhānē mē achchhā record dikhā rahē hai . 96 dēśh[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] 900 vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhāī-bahin[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] - vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅkhyā[n.f.;sg.] baṛhānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃ achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] record dikhnā[x.past-part+rahnā]|dikhānā[x] . 96 land from 900 foreigner brother and sister come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] - abroad those who x increase[inf.m.pl.,o.] in achcha record (seem[x.past-part+rahnā]|x[x]) .
350900 foreign brothers and sisters from 96 countries: 351Those from abroad are showing a good record of increasing the numbers.
287एक तरफ संख्या बढा रहे है और दूसरी तरफ एरिया को सम्पन्न बनाने का भी उमंग अच्छा है . ēk taraph saṅkhyā baḍhā rahē hai aur dūsrī taraph area kō sampann banānē kā bhī umaṅg achchhā hai . ēk taraph[x] saṅkhyā[n.f.;sg.] x rahnā[x] aur dūsrā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] area kō[postp.] sampann[adj.] banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x x x remain[x] and other direction x to full create[inf.m.pl.,o.] of too zeal achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
352On the one hand, you are increasing the numbers, and on the other hand, you also have good enthusiasm for getting the area covered.
288बापदादा ने सुना कि मैजॉरिटी सभी तरफ अभी एक दो को उमंग आ रहा है , हर एक अपनी एरिया को चेक करके सन्देश देने का प्रोग्राम बना रहे है . bāpdādā nē sunā ki majority sabhī taraph abhī ēk dō kō umaṅg ā rahā hai , har ēk apnī area kō check karkē sandēśh dēnē kā programme banā rahē hai . bāpdādā nē[postp.] sunnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|sunānā[root] ki[conj.] majority sab[adv.hī] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] ab[adv.hī] ēk[adj.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kō[postp.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , har ēk[x] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] area kō[postp.] check karnā[abs.] sandēśh[x] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] programme bannā[x.past-part+rahnā]|banānā[x] . BapDada ∅ (listen[past-part.m.sg.d.]|speak[root]) that majority all direction now one (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) to zeal come[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , each one one’s own x to check do[abs.] message give[inf.m.pl.,o.] of programme (become[x.past-part+rahnā]|create[x]) .
353BapDada has heard that the majority everywhere have enthusiasm and are creating programmes to cover their own area and to give the message.
289भिन्न-भिन्न विधि से कर रहे है लेकिन जो भी कर रहे हो वह अच्छा कर रहे हो . bhinn-bhinn vidhi sē kar rahē hai lēkin jō bhī kar rahē hō vah achchhā kar rahē hō . bhinn[adj.] vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] karnā[x] lēkin jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] vah[pn.sg.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] . different method from do[x] but that too do[pres.pl.m.prog.2] that achcha do[pres.pl.m.prog.2] .
354You are doing that with different methods, but whatever you are doing, you are doing that well.
290अपना उल्हना उतार रहे हो . apnā ulhanā utār rahē hō . apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] ulhanā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] utārnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] . (one’s own|adopt[root]) complaint x[pres.pl.m.prog.2] .
355You are getting your complaint rectified.
291यह उमंग-उत्साह स्वयंम को भी उड़ाता है , और औरो मे भी खुशी की लहर फैलाता है . yah umaṅg-utsāh svayamm kō bhī uṛātā hai , aur aurō mē bhī khuśhī kī|key lahar phailātā hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] x kō[postp.] bhī[p.] uṛānā[pres.sg.m.23] , aur aur[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃ bhī[p.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key lahar[n.f.;sg.] phailānā[pres.sg.m.23] . this zeal and enthusiasm x to too x[pres.sg.m.23] , and and in too happiness (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) wave spread[pres.sg.m.23] .
356This zeal and enthusiasm makes you fly and also spreads a wave of happiness among others.
292जैसे कोई डूबे हुए को पत्ते का भी सहारा मिल जाता है , तिनके का सहारा मिल जाता है ना , ऐसे दुःखी आत्माओं को सहारा मिल जाता है . jaisē kōī ḍūbē huē kō pattē kā bhī sahārā mil jātā hai , tinkē kā sahārā mil jātā hai nā , aisē duḥkhī ātmāō̃ kō sahārā mil jātā hai . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kōī[pn.;d.] ḍūbnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ḍūbnā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] kō[postp.] pattā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] sahārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] milnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] , tinkē kā sahārā[x] milnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] nā , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] duḥkhnā[past-part.f.]|duḥkhī[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] sahārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] milnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . like some (sink[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|sink[opt.sg.23]) be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] to leaf of too support receive[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] , type of small support receive[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] ∅ , such (hurt[past-part.f.]|unhappy) soul to support receive[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
357For instance, it is just as when someone who is drowning receives the support of even a leaf or a straw. 358In the same way, unhappy souls receive some support.
293उनके मन से जो दुआये निकलती है वह आपके पुण्य के खाते मे जमा हो जाती है . unkē man sē jō duāyē nikaltī hai vah āpkē puṇya kē|K khātē mē jamā hō jātī hai . vah[pn.pl.kē] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] nikalnā[pres.sg.f.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] āp[pn.pl.kē] puṇya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K khānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]|khātā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃ jamnā[x] jānā[pres.sg.f.23] . that[.kē] mind from that blessing be extracted[pres.sg.f.23] that you[.kē] charity (of|K) (eat[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]|account) in x[x] go[pres.sg.f.23] .
359The blessings that emerge in their mind accumulate in your account of charity.
294यह गुह्य हिसाब है . yah guhya hisāb hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] guhya[adj.] hisāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this deep account be[pres.sg.23] .
360This is a deep account.
295जितनों को जो प्राप्ति होती है , आपके खाते मे वो प्राप्ति जमा हो जाती है . jitnō̃ kō jō prāpti hōtī hai , āpkē khātē mē vō prāpti jamā hō jātī hai . jitnā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] prāpti[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] , āp[pn.pl.kē] khānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]|khātā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃ vah[pn.;d.] prāpti[n.f.;sg.] jamnā[x] jānā[pres.sg.f.23] . the more to that attainment be[pres.sg.f.23] , you[.kē] (eat[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]|account) in that attainment x[x] go[pres.sg.f.23] .
361However many receive some attainment, that attainment is accumulated in your account.
296बाकी अच्छा मीटिंग का भी समाचार सुना , अच्छा अटेंशन दे रहे है . bākī achchhā meeting kā bhī samāchār sunā , achchhā attention dē rahē hai . bākī|bākī achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] meeting kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|sunānā[root] , achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] attention dēnā[x] . (but|others) achcha meeting of too news (listen[past-part.m.sg.d.]|speak[root]) , achcha attention give[x] .
362BapDada heard the news of your meetings and that you are paying attention well.
297अपनी अवस्था का भी अच्छा चांस लेते है और सेवा के प्रोग्राम मे भी अच्छा भविष्य प्रोग्राम बना देते है . apnī avasthā kā bhī achchhā chance lētē hai aur sēvā kē|K programme mē bhī achchhā bhaviṣhya programme banā dētē hai . apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] avasthā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chance lēnā[x] aur sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K programme mē̃ bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhaviṣhya[adj.] programme bannā[x.past-part+dēnā]|banānā[x.root+dēnā] . one’s own stage of too achcha chance take[x] and service (of|K) programme in too achcha future programme (become[x.past-part+dēnā]|create[x.root+dēnā]) .
363You take good chances to maintain your own stage and, in terms of programmes for service, you create good programmes.
298एक उमंग अच्छा है , कि जो स्नेही सहयोगी है उन्हो को और सहजयोगी बनाने मे समीप लाये है . ēk umaṅg achchhā hai , ki jō snēhī sahyōgī hai unhō kō aur sahajyōgī banānē mē samīp lāyē hai . ēk[adj.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , ki[conj.] jō[pn.;d.] snēhī[adj.] sahyōgī[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] aur sahajyōgī[adj.] banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃ samīp[adj.] lānā[x] . one zeal achcha be[pres.sg.23] , that that loving co-operative be[pres.sg.23] that to and easy yogi create[inf.m.pl.,o.] in close x[x] .
364One enthusiasm that you have, which is good, is that you have brought closer the loving and cooperative souls to make them easy yogis.
299यह भारत वाले भी करते है लेकिन फारेन वाले भी अच्छा कर रहे है . yah bhārat vālē bhī kartē hai lēkin foreign vālē bhī achchhā kar rahē hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] karnā[x] lēkin foreign vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[x] . this Bharat those who too do[x] but abroad those who too achcha do[x] .
365Those from Bharat are doing this, but those from abroad are doing it very well too.
300अभी सभी मैजॉरिटी जहाँ-जहाँ सेवा करते हो चाहे वीआईपी है , चाहे साधारण है लेकिन समझते है कि यहाँ कुछ मिलता है . abhī sabhī majority jahā̃-jahā̃ sēvā kartē hō chāhē VIP hai , chāhē sādhāraṇ hai lēkin samajhtē hai ki yahā̃ kuchh miltā hai . ab[adv.hī] sab[adv.hī] majority jahā̃ sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] V I P hōnā[pres.sg.23] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] sādhāraṇ[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin samajhnā[x] ki[conj.] yahā̃ kuchh milnā[pres.sg.m.23] . now all majority where there service do[pres.pl.m.2] (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) VIP be[pres.sg.23] , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) ordinary be[pres.sg.23] but understand[x] that here anything receive[pres.sg.m.23] .
366Now, wherever the majority of you are serving, whether it is VIPs or ordinary people, they feel that they receive something here, that there is something new here.
301कुछ नवीनता है , अभी यह वायुमण्डल पहले से काफी चेंज हो गया है . kuchh navīntā hai , abhī yah vāyumaṇḍal pahlē sē kāphī change hō gayā hai . kuchh navīntā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , ab[adv.hī] yah[pn.sg.d.] vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] pahlē sē[x] kāphī[adj.] change hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . anything newness be[pres.sg.23] , now this atmosphere beforehand enough change be[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
367Now, this atmosphere has changed a lot from before.
302पहले कितना मुश्किल से बुलाने पर आते थे , अभी तो वह खुद कहते हैं कि हमको चांस लेने दो , फर्क हो गया ना . pahlē kitnā muśhkil sē bulānē par ātē thē , abhī tō vah khud kahtē haĩ ki hamkō chance lēnē dō , phark hō gayā nā . pahlē[adv.]|pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] muśhkil[adj.] sē[postp.] bulānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] par[adj.]|par[postp.] ānā[hab-past.pl.m.] , ab[adv.hī] tō vah[pn.sg.d.] khud kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.kō] chance lēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.inf+dēnā] , fark[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] nā . (firstly|x) so difficult from call[inf.m.pl.,o.] (other|at) come[hab-past.pl.m.] , now then that oneself say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that we[.kō] chance take[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.inf+dēnā] , difference be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] ∅ .
368Previously, it used to be so difficult to call them and now they themselves say: Give us a chance. 369And so there is a difference.
303तो विदेश की सेवा पर भी बापदादा खुश है . tō vidēśh kī|key sēvā par bhī bāpdādā khuśh hai . tō vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sēvā[n.f.;sg.] par[adj.]|par[postp.] bhī[p.] bāpdādā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then abroad (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) service (other|at) too BapDada happy be[pres.sg.23] . 304लेकिन स्व की सेवा में क्या सुनाया ? lēkin sva kī|key sēvā mē̃ kyā sunāyā ? lēkin sva karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] kyā sunānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? but x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) service in what speak[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
370BapDada is pleased with the foreign service, but what were you told in terms of service of the self?
305तीव्र पुरुषार्थी , पुरुषार्थी सभी हैं लेकिन तीव्र पुरुषार्थी बनना है , जो सोचा वह किया , बाप ने कहा बच्चों ने किया . tīvr puruṣhārthī , puruṣhārthī sabhī haĩ lēkin tīvr puruṣhārthī bannā hai , jō sōchā vah kiyā , bāp nē kahā bachchō̃ nē kiyā . tīvr[adj.] purūṣhārthī[adj.] , purūṣhārthī[adj.] sab[adv.hī] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin tīvr[adj.] purūṣhārthī[adj.] bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , jō[pn.;d.] sōchnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] vah[pn.sg.d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . intense effort-maker , effort-maker all be[pres.pl.12hon3] but intense effort-maker become[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , that think[past-part.m.sg.d.] that do[past-part.m.sg.d.] , father ∅ say[past-part.m.sg.d.] child ∅ do[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
371Intense effortmakers. 372All of you are effortmakers, but now you have to become intense effortmakers. 373You put into practice whatever you thought. 374The Father said something and the children did it practically.
306यही आपके जगत अम्बा की युक्ति थी , नम्बरवन हो गई . yahī āpkē jagat ambā kī|key yukti thī , number one hō gaī . yahī[pn.;d.] āp[pn.pl.kē] jagat[n.m.;sg.,d.] ambā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key yukti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[past.f] , number one hōnā[past-part.f..root+jānā] . this you[.kē] world mother (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) way be[past.f] , number one be[past-part.f..root+jānā] .
375This was the method that your mother Jagadamba used and she became number one.
307तो रात को और चलते फिरते भी चेक करो कि जो बाप ने कहा करना है , चलना है , सोचना है , वह किया ? tō rāt kō aur chaltē phirtē bhī check karō ki jō bāp nē kahā karnā hai , chalnā hai , sōchnā hai , vah kiyā ? tō rāt[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] aur chalnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] phirnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] jō[pn.;d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , chalnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , sōchnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , vah[pn.sg.d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? then night to and continue[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] turn[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that that father ∅ say[past-part.m.sg.d.] do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , continue[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , think[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , that do[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
376Check yourself at night: While walking and moving around, did I do and think in the way that the Father said?
308जो बाप ने कहा वह करना ही है . jō bāp nē kahā vah karnā hī hai . jō[pn.;d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] vah[pn.sg.d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . that father ∅ say[past-part.m.sg.d.] that do[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
377I definitely have to do what the Father said.
309बाकी वृद्धि भी है और अटेंशन भी है . bākī vr̥iddhi bhī hai aur attention bhī hai . bākī|bākī vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur attention bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . (but|others) growth too be[pres.sg.23] and attention too be[pres.sg.23] .
378And, yes, there is expansion and attention.
310प्रोग्राम भी अच्छे बनाये है . programme bhī achchhē banāyē hai . programme bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] banānā[x] . programme too achcha create[x] .
379You have made good programmes.
311डबल मुबारक हो . double mubārak hō . double mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . double congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
380Double congratulations.
312अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
381Achcha.
313भिन्न-भिन्न वर्ग वाले भी आये हैं , बापदादा को मालूम है , अपनी अपनी मीटिंग्स कर रहे हैं . bhinn-bhinn varg vālē bhī āyē haĩ , bāpdādā kō mālūm hai , apnī apnī meetings kar rahē haĩ . bhinn[adj.] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , bāpdādā kō[postp.] mālūm[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] meeting karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . different profession those who too come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , BapDada to x be[pres.sg.23] , one’s own one’s own meeting do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
382Those from different wings have also come. 383BapDada knows that you are all having your own meetings.
314जो भी वर्ग वाले आये है , प्लैन तो बहुत अच्छा बना रहे है , अभी सिर्फ एडीशन यह करो कि जब भी मीटिंग करते है तो हमेशा स्व और सेवा दोनो का बैलेन्स रख एक दो को सेवा का उमंग भी दिलाओ , लेकिन साथ में स्वउन्नति का उमंग-उत्साह भी दिलाओ . jō bhī varg vālē āyē hai , plan tō bahut achchhā banā rahē hai , abhī sirph addition yah karō ki jab bhī meeting kartē hai tō hamēśhā sva aur sēvā dōnō kā balance rakh ēk dō kō sēvā kā umaṅg bhī dilāō , lēkin sāth mē̃ svaunnati kā umaṅg-utsāh bhī dilāō . jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ānā[x] , plan tō bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bannā[x.past-part+rahnā]|banānā[x] , ab[adv.hī] sirph[adj.] addition yah[pn.sg.d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] jab bhī[p.] meeting karnā[x] tō hamēśhā sva aur sēvā[n.f.;sg.] dōnō̃[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] balance rakhnā[root] ēk[adj.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kō[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] dilānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , lēkin sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] svaunnati[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] dilānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that too profession those who come[x] , plan then very achcha (become[x.past-part+rahnā]|create[x]) , now only addition this do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that when too meeting do[x] then x x and service x of balance keep[root] one (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) to service of zeal too x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , but with in x of zeal and enthusiasm too x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
384All those who have come from the different wings, you are making very good plans. 385Now simply make this addition: Whenever you have a meeting, always think about keeping a balance of the self and service and give enthusiasm for service to one another. 386However, together with that, also let there be zeal and enthusiasm for serving the self.
315बैलेन्स रखो . balance rakhō . balance rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . balance keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
387Keep a balance.
316तो डबल करने से डबल ब्लैसिंग मिलेगी . tō double karnē sē double blessing milēgī . tō double karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] double blessing milnā[fut.f.sg.23] . then double do[inf.m.pl.,o.] from double blessing receive[fut.f.sg.23] .
388By doing double, you will receive double blessings.
317यह ऑटोमेटिक ब्लैसिंग मिलती है , देनी नहीं पड़ती है ऑटोमेटिक मिलती है . yah automatic blessing miltī hai , dēnī nahī̃ paṛtī hai automatic miltī hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] automatic blessing milnā[pres.sg.f.23] , dēnā[inf.f.] nahī̃[neg] paṛnā[pres.sg.f.23] automatic milnā[pres.sg.f.23] . this x blessing receive[pres.sg.f.23] , give[inf.f.] not fall[pres.sg.f.23] x receive[pres.sg.f.23] .
389You receive these blessings automatically; no one has to give them to you, you receive them automatically.
318बापदादा ने देखा है - स्व-उन्नति का भी समाचार भेजा है . bāpdādā nē dēkhā hai - sva-unnati kā bhī samāchār bhējā hai . bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] - svaunnati[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhējnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . BapDada ∅ see[pres-perf.sg.m.23] - x of too news x[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
390BapDada has seen that news of selfprogress has also been sent to Baba.
319 ( स्पार्क मीटिंग का समाचार रमेश भाई ने लिखकर सन्देशी द्वारा बापदादा के पास भेजा था ) रमेश जो कर रहे हैं ना , उसमे स्व-उन्नति का भी लिखा है , उसको बार-बार अटेंशन दिलाओ . ( SpARC meeting kā samāchār ramēśh bhāī nē likhkar sandēśhī dvārā bāpdādā kē pās bhējā thā ) Ramēśhh jō kar rahē haĩ nā , usmē sva-unnati kā bhī likhā hai , uskō bār-bār attention dilāō . ( SpARC meeting kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] ramēśh bhāī[x] nē[postp.] likhnā[abs.] sandēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā bāpdādā kē pās[x] bhējnā[past-perf.m.sg.] ) ramēśh bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.] jō[pn.;d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] nā , vah[pn.sg.mē̃] svaunnati[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] likhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , vah[pn.sg.kō] bār[n.f.;sg.] attention dilānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . ( SPARC meeting of news Rameshbhai ∅ write[abs.] trance messenger through BapDada to x[past-perf.m.sg.] ) Rameshbhai that do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ∅ , that[.mē̃] x of too write[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , that[.kō] time attention x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
391(Rameshbhai gave BapDada news of the SPARC meetings in writing through the transmessenger.) 392Ramesh, you are doing that; he has also written about selfprogress. 393Draw everyone’s attention to that again and again.
320जैसे सेवा में प्रैक्टिकल कर लेते हो ना , ऐसे स्व-उन्नति में प्रैक्टिकल किया या नही उसका भी चार्ट रखो . jaisē sēvā mē̃ practical kar lētē hō nā , aisē sva-unnati mē̃ practical kiyā yā nahī uskā bhī chart rakhō . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] practical karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+lēnā] nā , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] svaunnati[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] practical karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] yā nahī̃[neg] vah[pn.sg.kā] bhī[p.] chart rakhō[x] . like service in practical do[pres.pl.m.2.root+lēnā] ∅ , such x in practical do[past-part.m.sg.d.] or not that[.kā] too keep your chart .
394Just as you do everything practically in service, in the same way, keep a chart of what you do practically for selfprogress.
321बाकी समाचार मिला था , सोचा अच्छा है . bākī samāchār milā thā , sōchā achchhā hai . bākī|bākī samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[past-perf.m.sg.] , sōchnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . (but|others) news receive[past-perf.m.sg.] , think[past-part.m.sg.d.] achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
395BapDada received the news, and what you have all thought about is good.
322जिन्होंने भी मीटिग की है बापदादा को समाचार मिला है . jinhōnnē bhī meeting kī hai bāpdādā kō samāchār milā hai . jō[pn.pl.nē] bhī[p.] meeting karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] bāpdādā kō[postp.] samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . that[.nē] too meeting do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] BapDada to news receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
396Those who have had meetings, BapDada has received that news.
323अभी तक बापदादा को एक बात का वर्ग वालो ने रेसपान्ड नही दिया है , याद है ? abhī tak bāpdādā kō ēk bāt kā varg vālō nē respond nahī diyā hai , yād hai ? ab[adv.hī] tak bāpdādā kō[postp.] ēk[adj.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] respond nahī̃[neg] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , yād[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? now until BapDada to one matter of profession those who ∅ response not give[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , remembrance be[pres.sg.23] ?
397Until now, those of the different wings have not given BapDada a response to one thing. 398Do you remember?
324कौन सा रेसपान्ड नही दिया है ? kaun sā respond nahī diyā hai ? kaun sā[x] respond nahī̃[neg] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ? which response not give[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ?
399What response have you not given?
325बापदादा चाहते है हर एक वर्ग का एक एक विशेष स्नेही भी हो , सहयोगी भी हो , वीआईपी भी हो , माइक भी हो और सहजयोग के इंटरेस्ट वाला भी हो , ऐसा हर वर्ग का एक-एक का ग्रुप बाप के आगे आवे , सभी वर्ग का , एक वर्ग का नहीं , कभी कोई आईपी आते हैं , वीआईपी आते हैं वह वेलकम . bāpdādā chāhtē hai har ēk varg kā ēk ēk viśhēṣh snēhī bhī hō , sahyōgī bhī hō , VIP bhī hō , mike bhī hō aur sahajyōg kē|K interest vālā bhī hō , aisā har|her varg kā ēk-ēk kā group bāp kē āgē āvē , sabhī varg kā , ēk varg kā nahī̃ , kabhī kōī IP ātē haĩ , VIP ātē haĩ vah welcome . bāpdādā chāhnā[x] har ēk[x] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ēk[adj.] ēk[adj.] viśhēṣh[adj.] snēhī[adj.] bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , sahyōgī[adj.] bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , V I P bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , mike bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] aur sahajyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K interest vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] harnā[root]|har|her varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ēk[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] group bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē āgē[x] ānā[opt.sg.23] , sab[adv.hī] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , ēk[adj.] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] , kabhī[adv.] kōī[pn.;d.] I P ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , V I P ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] welcome . BapDada x[x] each one profession of one one special loving too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , co-operative too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , VIP too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , mike too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) and x (of|K) interest those who too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , such (x[root]|x) profession of one of group father in front of come[opt.sg.23] , all profession of , one profession of not , ever some IP come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , VIP come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that welcome .
400BapDada wants one person from every wing, who is a specially loving, cooperative, VIP, ‘mike’ soul, and has an interest in this easy yoga; a group of one such person from every wing should come in front of the Father. 401One from every wing, not just from one wing. 402Sometimes, IPs and VIPs come.
326लेकिन बापदादा एक ही समय पर हर वर्ग के ऐसे क्वालिफिकेशन वाले ग्रुप को देखने चाहता है . lēkin bāpdādā ēk hī samay par har|her varg kē|K aisē qualification vālē group kō dēkhnē chāhtā hai . lēkin bāpdādā ēk[adj.] hī[p.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[adj.]|par[postp.] harnā[root]|har|her varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] qualification vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] group kō[postp.] dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[pres.sg.m.23] . but BapDada one only time (other|at) (x[root]|x) profession (of|K) such qualification those who group to see[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[pres.sg.m.23] .
403They are welcome. 404However, BapDada wants to see a group of souls with such qualifications from every wing.
327आईपीज का ग्रुप आता है लेकिन वर्गीकरण का एक विशेष माइक हो , आप सकाश बनो वह स्पीकर बने . IPs kā group ātā hai lēkin vargīkaraṇ kā ēk viśhēṣh mike hō , āp sakāśh banō vah speaker banē . I P kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] group ānā[pres.sg.m.23] lēkin vargīkaraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ēk[adj.] viśhēṣh[adj.] mike hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , āp[pn.pl.] sakāśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] vah[pn.sg.d.] speaker bannā[opt.sg.23]|bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . IP of group come[pres.sg.m.23] but serving the professions of one special mike (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , you sakaash become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that x (become[opt.sg.23]|become[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) .
405Groups of IP souls come here, but there should be a special ‘mike’ of each wing. 406You become the sakaash, and that one becomes the speaker.
328आप माइट वह माइक . āp might vah mike . āp[pn.pl.] might vah[pn.sg.d.] mike . you might that mike .
407You are the might and that one is the ‘mike’.
329तो यह अभी करके दिखाना . tō yah abhī karkē dikhānā . tō yah[pn.sg.d.] ab[adv.hī] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then this now do[abs.] x[inf.m.sg.d.] .
408So, now demonstrate this.
330फारेन वाले तो प्रोग्राम करते है , उसमे आ जाते है . foreign vālē tō programme kartē hai , usmē ā jātē hai . foreign vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō programme karnā[x] , vah[pn.sg.mē̃] ānā[x.root+jānā] . abroad those who then programme do[x] , that[.mē̃] come[x.root+jānā] .
409Those abroad make programmes and such souls come to those.
331काल आफ टाइम भी करते हैं , उसमें भी आईपी आ जाते हैं . kāl of|off time bhī kartē haĩ , usmē̃ bhī IP ā jātē haĩ . kal of|off time bhī[p.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , vah[pn.sg.mē̃] bhī[p.] I P ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . x (of|x) time too do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , that[.mē̃] too IP come[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .
410You also do Call of Time, and IP souls come in that.
332यह वर्गीकरण के रूप में माइक लाना . yah vargīkaraṇ kē|K rūp mē̃ mike lānā . yah[pn.sg.d.] vargīkaraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] mike lānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . this serving the professions (of|K) Rup in mike x[inf.m.sg.d.] .
411Here, you have to bring the ‘mikes’ from the different wings.
333यह ध्यान रखना . yah dhyān rakhnā . yah[pn.sg.d.] dhyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . this attention keep[inf.m.sg.d.] .
412Pay attention to this.
334 ( ऐसे हर वर्ग के भारत में तैयार हैं , बापदादा मिलने की डेट दें ) अभी सभी वर्गो से एक-एक माइक हो , ऐसा ग्रुप लाओ , उसके लिए टाइम देंगे . ( aisē har|her varg kē|K bhārat mē̃ taiyār haĩ , bāpdādā milnē kī|key date dē̃ ) abhī sabhī vargō sē ēk-ēk mike hō , aisā group lāō , uskē liē time dēgē . ( aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] harnā[root]|har|her varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] taiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , bāpdādā milnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key date dēnā[opt.pl.12hon3] ) ab[adv.hī] sab[adv.hī] varg[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] ēk[adj.] mike hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] group lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , uskā[pn.sg.kē] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|liē time dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . ( such (x[root]|x) profession (of|K) Bharat in x be[pres.pl.12hon3] , BapDada receive[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) date give[opt.pl.12hon3] ) now all profession from one mike (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , such group x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , of that[.kē] (take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|for) time give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
413(There are such souls from every wing ready in Bharat; BapDada should just give a date to meet them.) 414Now, bring such a group of ‘mikes’ from every wing. 415Baba will give time for that.
335अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
416Achcha.
336सभी ने संकल्प किया , तीव्र पुरुषार्थ कर नम्बरवन बनना ही है . sabhī nē saṅkalp kiyā , tīvr puruṣhārth kar number one bannā hī hai . sab[adv.hī] nē[postp.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , tīvr[adj.] puruṣhārth[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[root] number one bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . all ∅ thought do[past-part.m.sg.d.] , intense effort do[root] number one become[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
417Did all of you have the thought of making intense effort and becoming number one?
337किया ? kiyā ? karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? do[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
418Did you?
338हाथ उठाओ . hāth uṭhāō . hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . raise your hands .
419Raise your hands!
339अच्छा अभी टीचर्स उठा रही हैं . achchhā abhī teachers uṭhā rahī haĩ . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ab[adv.hī] teacher uṭhānā[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] . achcha now teacher uplift[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] .
420You did well. 421Now, the teachers are raising their hand.
340पहली लाइन तो है ही ना . pahlī line tō hai hī nā . pahlā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] line tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] nā . x line then be[pres.sg.23] only ∅ .
422The first row is this anyway.
341अच्छा है -achchhā hai -achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] -achcha be[pres.sg.23] -
423It is good.
342बापदादा ने यह भी डायरेकशन दिया कि सारे दिन मे बीच-बीच में 5 मिनिट भी मिले , उसमे मन की एक्सरसाइज करो क्योंकि आजकल का जमाना एक्सरसाइज़ का है . bāpdādā nē yah bhī direction diyā ki sārē din mē bīch-bīch mē̃ 5 minute bhī milē , usmē man kī|key exercise karō kyōṅki ājkal kā jamānā exercise kā hai . bāpdādā nē[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] direction dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃ bīch-bīch mē̃[x] 5 minute bhī[p.] milnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|milnā[opt.sg.23] , vah[pn.sg.mē̃] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key exercise karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kyōṅki ājkal kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jamānā[inf.m.sg.d.] exercise kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . BapDada ∅ this too direction give[past-part.m.sg.d.] that the whole day in x 5 minute too (receive[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|receive[opt.sg.23]) , that[.mē̃] mind (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) exercise do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] because nowadays of make firm[inf.m.sg.d.] exercise of be[pres.sg.23] .
424BapDada also gave the direction that, throughout the day, every now and then, whenever you have 5 minutes, exercise your mind because nowadays, the world is also keen on exercise.
343तो 5 मिनट में मन की एक्सरसाइज करो , मन को परमधाम मे लेके आओ , सूक्ष्मवतन में फरिश्तेपन को याद करो फिर पूज्य रूप याद करो , फिर ब्राह्मण रूप याद करो , फिर देवता रूप याद करो . tō 5 minute mē̃ man kī|key exercise karō , man kō paramdhām mē lēkē āō , sūkṣhmavatan mē̃ phariśhtēpan kō yād karō phir pūjya rūp yād karō , phir brāhmaṇ rūp yād karō , phir dēvtā rūp yād karō . tō 5 minute mē̃[postp.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key exercise karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , man[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] paramdhām[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃ lēnā[abs.] ānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , sūkṣhmavatan mē̃[postp.] phariśhtē-pan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] yād karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] pūjya[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] yād karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] yād karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] dēvtā[n.f.;sg.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] yād karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then 5 minute in mind (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) exercise do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , mind to x in take[abs.] come[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , subtle region in angelic stage to remember (then|turn[root]) worthy of worship Rup remember , (then|turn[root]) Brahmin Rup remember , (then|turn[root]) deity Rup remember .
425So, exercise your mind for 5 minutes. 426Bring it from the supreme abode, to the subtle region. 427Remember your angelic form, then remember your worthy of worship form, then remember your Brahmin form, and then your deity form.
344कितने हुए ? kitnē huē ? kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ? so be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ?
428How many are those?
345पांच . pāñch . pañch[adj.] . five . 346तो पांच मिनट मे 5 - यह एक्सरसाइज करो और सारे दिन में चलते फिरते यह कर सकते हो . tō pāñch minute mē 5 - yah exercise karō aur sārē din mē̃ chaltē phirtē yah kar saktē hō . tō pañch[adj.] minute mē̃ 5 - yah[pn.sg.d.] exercise karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] chalnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] phirnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] yah[pn.sg.d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] . then five minute in 5 - this exercise do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and the whole day in continue[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] turn[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] this do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] .
4295. So, in 5 minutes, exercise with these five forms. 430You can do this throughout the day, while walking and moving around.
347इसके लिए मैदान नही चाहिए , दौड़ नही लगानी है , न कुर्सी चाहिए , न सीट चाहिए , न मशीन चाहिए . iskē liē maidān nahī chāhiē , dauṛ nahī lagānī hai , na kursī chāhiē , na seat chāhiē , na machine chāhiē . yah[pn.sg.kē] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|liē maidān[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] , dauṛnā[root]|dauṛī, dauṛ[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] lagānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , na[neg] kursī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] , na[neg] seat chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] , na[neg] machine chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] . this[.kē] (take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|for) x not (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) , (x[root]|race) not attach[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , not chair (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) , not seat (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) , not machine (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) .
431You don’t need any ground or field for this; you don’t need to run. 432You don’t need a chair, you don’t need a seat, you don’t need a machine.
348जैसे और एक्सरसाइज शरीर की आवश्यक है , वह भले करो , उसकी मना नहीं है . jaisē aur exercise śharīr kī|key āvaśhyak hai , vah bhalē karō , uskī manā nahī̃ hai . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] aur exercise śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key āvaśhyak[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , vah[pn.sg.d.] bhalā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , vah[pn.sg.kī] manā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|manānā[root] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . like and exercise body (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x be[pres.sg.23] , that benefit do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , that[.kī] (x|celebrate[root]) not be[pres.sg.23] . 349लेकिन यह मन की ड्रील , एक्सरसाइज , मन को सदा खुश रखेगी . lēkin yah man kī|key drill , exercise , man kō sadā khuśh rakhēgī . lēkin yah[pn.sg.d.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key drill , exercise , man[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] sadā khuśh[adj.] rakhnā[fut.f.sg.23] . but this mind (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) drill , exercise , mind to constantly happy keep[fut.f.sg.23] . 350उमंग-उत्साह में रखेगी , उड़ती कला का अनुभव करायेगी . umaṅg-utsāh mē̃ rakhēgī , uṛtī kalā kā anubhav karāyēgī . umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] rakhnā[fut.f.sg.23] , uṛnā[pres-part.f.] kalā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karānā[fut.f.sg.23] . zeal and enthusiasm in keep[fut.f.sg.23] , fly[pres-part.f.] degree of experience make commit[fut.f.sg.23] .
433Just as physical exercise is necessary for the body, and you can do that, you are not forbidden to do that, but also do this drill, this exercise of the mind, which will keep your mind always happy, filled with zeal and enthusiasm and will give an experience of the flying stage.
351तो अभी - अभी यह ड्रील सभी शुरू करो - परमधाम से देवता तक . tō abhī - abhī yah drill sabhī śhurū karō - paramdhām sē dēvtā tak . tō ab[adv.hī] - ab[adv.hī] yah[pn.sg.d.] drill sab[adv.hī] śhurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] - paramdhām[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] dēvtā[n.f.;sg.] tak . then now - now this drill all beginning do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] - x from deity until .
434So, all of you, begin this drill right now. 435From the supreme region to being a deity.
352 ( बापदादा ने ड्रील कराई ) अच्छा - ( bāpdādā nē drill karāī ) achchhā - ( bāpdādā nē[postp.] drill karānā[past-part.f.] ) achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] - ( BapDada ∅ drill make commit[past-part.f.] ) achcha -
436Achcha.
353चारों ओर के सदा अपने वृत्ति से रूहानी शक्तिशाली वायुमण्डल बनाने वाले तीब्र पुरुषार्थी बच्चों को , सदा अपने स्थान और स्थिति को शक्तिशाली वाईब्रेशन में अनुभव कराने वाले दृढ़ संकल्प वाले श्रेष्ठ आत्माओं को , सदा दुआ देने और दुआ लेने वाले रहमदिल आत्माओं को , सदा अपने आपको उड़ती कला का अनुभव करने वाले डबल लाइट आत्माओं को बापदादा का यादप्यार और नमस्ते . chārō̃ ōr kē|K sadā apnē vr̥itti sē rūhānī śhaktiśhālī vāyumaṇḍal banānē vālē tībra puruṣhārthī bachchō̃ kō , sadā apnē sthān aur sthiti kō śhaktiśhālī vibration mē̃ anubhav karānē vālē dr̥iṛh saṅkalp vālē śhrēṣhṭh ātmāō̃ kō , sadā duā dēnē aur duā lēnē vālē merciful ātmāō̃ kō , sadā apnē āpkō uṛtī kalā kā anubhav karnē vālē double light ātmāō̃ kō bāpdādā kā yādpyār aur namastē . chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sadā apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] rūhānī[adj.] śhaktiśhālī[adj.] vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] x purūṣhārthī[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] , sadā apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur sthiti[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] śhaktiśhālī[adj.] vibration mē̃[postp.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dr̥iṛh[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] , sadā duā[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] aur duā[n.f.;sg.] lēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] merciful ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] , sadā apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āp[pn.pl.kō] uṛnā[pres-part.f.] kalā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] double light[x] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur namastē . everywhere (of|K) constantly one’s own attitude from spiritual powerful atmosphere create[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who x effort-maker child to , constantly one’s own place and stage to powerful vibrations in experience make commit[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who determined thought those who elevated soul to , constantly blessing give[inf.m.pl.,o.] and blessing take[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who merciful soul to , constantly one’s own you[.kō] fly[pres-part.f.] degree of experience do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who double-light soul to BapDada of love, remembrance and x .
437To all the intense effortmaking children from everywhere who create a spiritual and powerful atmosphere with their attitude, to those who always give an experience of powerful vibrations through their place and stage, to the elevated souls who have determined thoughts, to the merciful souls who always give blessings and receive blessings, to the doublelight souls who always experience themselves to be in the flying stage, BapDada’s love, remembrance and namaste.
354दादियों से - आप लोगो का संगठन सभी को सकाश देता है . dādiyō̃ sē - āp lōgō kā saṅgaṭhan sabhī kō sakāśh dētā hai . dādī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] - āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saṅgaṭhan[x] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] sakāśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.sg.m.23] . Dadi from - you people of gathering all to sakaash give[pres.sg.m.23] . 355देता है ना ? dētā hai nā ? dēnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā ? give[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ ?
438To the Dadis: 439The gathering of all of you gives sakaash to everyone, does it not?
356क्योकि फिर भी अनुभवी हो ना ! kyōki phir bhī anubhavī hō nā ! kyōṅki phir bhī[x] anubhavī[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā ! because nevertheless experienced (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ !
440Nevertheless, you are experienced.
357तो अनुभवी का प्रभाव ज्यादा पडता है . tō anubhavī kā prabhāv jyādā paḍtā hai . tō anubhavī[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] paṛnā[pres.sg.m.23] . then experienced of x more fall[pres.sg.m.23] .
441So, those who are experienced create a greater impact.
358आदि से आप आत्माओं मे बाप और माँ ने अनुभवी मूर्त बनने का संस्कार डाल दिया है . ādi sē āp ātmāō̃ mē bāp aur mā̃ nē anubhavī mūrt bannē kā saṅskār ḍāl diyā hai . ādi[adj.] sē[postp.] āp[pn.pl.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃ bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur mā̃[n.f.;sg.] nē[postp.] anubhavī[adj.] mūrti, mūrt[n.f.;sg.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saṅskār[x] ḍālnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] . etc. from you soul in father and mother ∅ experienced image become[inf.m.pl.,o.] of sanskar create[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] .
442From the beginning, the mother and father has created in you souls the sanskar of being an embodiment of experience.
359डाला है ना ! ḍālā hai nā ! ḍālnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] nā ! create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ∅ !
443He has instilled this, has He not?
360बापदादा भी खुश होते हैं . bāpdādā bhī khuśh hōtē haĩ . bāpdādā bhī[p.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada too happy be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
444BapDada is also pleased.
361अच्छा है , ठीक है ? achchhā hai , ṭhīk hai ? achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? achcha be[pres.sg.23] , OK be[pres.sg.23] ?
445Achcha. 446Is that OK?
362कैसी भी तबियत है लेकिन यज्ञ का श्रंगार हो . kaisī bhī tabiyat hai lēkin yagya kā śhraṅgār hō . kaisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bhī[p.] tabiyat[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] śhrr̥iṅgār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . how too health be[pres.sg.23] but sacrificial fire of decoration (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) . 363 ( दादी शान्तामणि को देखकर ) चाहे भागदौड नही भी कर सकते है लेकिन आप लोगो को देख करके भी , आप लोगो की हाजिरी भी सभी को बल देती है . ( dādī śāntāmaṇi kō dēkhkar ) chāhē bhāgadauḍ nahī bhī kar saktē hai lēkin āp lōgō kō dēkh karkē bhī , āp lōgō kī|key hājirī bhī sabhī kō bal dētī hai . ( dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] x[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[abs.] ) chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] x nahī̃[neg] bhī[p.] karnā[x.root+saknā] lēkin āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] karnā[abs.] bhī[p.] , āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key hāzirī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bhī[p.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] bal[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.sg.f.23] . ( Dadi x to see[abs.] ) (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) x not too do[x.root+saknā] but you people to see[root] do[abs.] too , you people (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x too all to strength give[pres.sg.f.23] .
447No matter what your health is like, you are the decoration of the yagya, even if you are not able to run around, even the presence of all of you gives power to everyone who sees all of you.
364आदि रत्न हो ना ! ādi ratna hō nā ! ādi[adj.] ratna[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā ! etc. jewel (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ !
448You are the original jewels, are you not?
365तो आदि के संस्कार पावरफुल , आदि की भट्ठी सभी याद करते है ना ! tō ādi kē|K saṅskār powerful , ādi kī|key bhaṭṭhī sabhī yād kartē hai nā ! tō ādi[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K saṅskār[x] powerful , ādi[adj.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bhaṭṭhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sab[adv.hī] yād karnā[x] nā ! then etc. (of|K) sanskar powerful , etc. (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) bhatti all remember ∅ !
449So, the sanskars of the beginning are powerful. 450Everyone remembers your bhatti of the beginning.
366वह साकार की पालना सभी याद करते है . vah sākār kī|key pālnā sabhī yād kartē hai . vah[pn.sg.d.] sākār, sākārī[adj.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key pālnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|pālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] sab[adv.hī] yād karnā[x] . that sakar (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) (x|sustenance[inf.m.sg.d.]) all remember .
451Everyone remembers the sustenance received from sakar Baba.
367अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
452Achcha.
368मोहिनी बहन ने दादी जी की याद बापदादा को दी - बापदादा भी बहुत-बहुत याद दे रहे हैं . mōhinī bahan nē dādī jī kī yād bāpdādā kō dī|the - bāpdādā bhī bahut-bahut yād dē rahē haĩ . mōhinī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] nē[postp.] dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] jīnā[past-part.f..past-part+karnā] yād[n.f.;sg.] bāpdādā kō[postp.] dēnā[past-part.f.]|the - bāpdādā bhī[p.] bahut yād[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . x x ∅ Dadi live[past-part.f..past-part+karnā] remembrance BapDada to (give[past-part.f.]|the) - BapDada too very remembrance give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
453Mohiniben gave BapDada remembrance from Dadiji: 454BapDada is also sending lots of remembrance.
369बाप को सिर्फ याद नही है , सभी को याद है . bāp kō sirph yād nahī hai , sabhī kō yād hai . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] sirph[adj.] yād[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] yād[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . father to only remembrance not be[pres.sg.23] , all to remembrance be[pres.sg.23] .
455It is not the Father who is remembering her, everyone is remembering her.
370बाप भी याद करते है . bāp bhī yād kartē hai . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] yād karnā[x] . father too remember .
456The Father is also remembering her.
371इसीलिए जैसे ब्रह्मा बाप एक एग्जाम्पल था , वैसे दादी भी एक एग्जाम्पल है . isīliē jaisē brahmā bāp ēk example thā , vaisē dādī bhī ēk example hai . isīliē jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] ēk[adj.] example hōnā[past.m.sg] , vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bhī[p.] ēk[adj.] example hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x like Brahma father one example be[past.m.sg] , x Dadi too one example be[pres.sg.23] .
457This is why just as Father Brahma was an example, in the same way, Dadi is also an example.
372अचानक के पार्ट को कितना सहज कर दिया . achānak kē|K part kō kitnā sahaj kar diyā . achānak kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K part[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sahaj[adj.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] . suddenly (of|K) part to so easy do[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] .
458The lesson of ‘suddenly’ has been made so easy!
373ब्रह्मा बाप ने यज्ञ को रचा , लेकिन दादी ने ब्रह्मा बाप से भी ज्यादा समय यज्ञ सम्भाला . brahmā bāp nē yagya kō rachā , lēkin dādī nē brahmā bāp sē bhī jyādā samay yagya sambhālā . brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] rachnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , lēkin dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nē[postp.] brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] sambhālnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . Brahma father ∅ sacrificial fire to x[past-part.m.sg.d.] , but Dadi ∅ Brahma father from too more time sacrificial fire be careful[past-part.m.sg.d.] . 374इसीलिए सभी के दिल मे दादी की याद है ही . isīliē sabhī kē|K dil mē dādī kī|key yād hai hī . isīliē sab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃ dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key yād[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] . x all (of|K) heart in Dadi (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) remembrance be[pres.sg.23] only .
459Father Brahma created the sacrificial fire, but Dadi looked after the sacrificial fire for an even longer time than Brahma Baba did and this is why everyone remembers Dadi from their heart.
375क्योंकि उनके गुण , उसका चेहरा , उसकी चलन विशेष रही है , इसीलिए सबके दिल मे विशेष याद है ही है . kyōṅki unkē guṇ , uskā chēhrā , uskī chalan viśhēṣh rahī hai , isīliē sabkē dil mē viśhēṣh yād hai hī hai . kyōṅki vah[pn.pl.kē] guṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] , vah[pn.sg.kā] chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] , vah[pn.sg.kī] chalan[n.m.;sg.,d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] rahnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , isīliē sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃ viśhēṣh[adj.] yād[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . because that[.kē] virtue , that[.kā] face , that[.kī] behaviour special remain[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , x everyone's heart in special remembrance be[pres.sg.23] only be[pres.sg.23] .
460Her virtues, her face, her activity have been special and this is why everyone has special remembrance of Dadi in their heart.
376अभी सभी ने योग किया ना , यह प्यार की निशानी है . abhī sabhī nē yōg kiyā nā , yah pyār kī|key niśhānī hai . ab[adv.hī] sab[adv.hī] nē[postp.] yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nā , yah[pn.sg.d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . now all ∅ yoga do[past-part.m.sg.d.] ∅ , this love (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) sign be[pres.sg.23] .
461Now, all of you did yoga, and that is a sign of love.
377अभी और जोर से योग करो जो दादी मधुबन मे पहुंच जायेगी . abhī aur jōr sē yōg karō jō dādī madhuban mē pahuñch jāyēgī . ab[adv.hī] aur zōr[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃ pahuñchnā[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] . now and x from yoga do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that Dadi Madhuban in reach[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] .
462Now have even more intense yoga that Dadiji comes to Madhuban.
378जैसे वह आक्सीजन देते है ना , वेंटीलेटर से देते है तो सायंस पावर से आपकी साइलेन्स पावर कम थोडे ही है . jaisē vah oxygen dētē hai nā , ventilator sē dētē hai tō science power sē āpkī silence power cum|kam thōḍē hī hai . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vah[pn.sg.d.] oxygen dēnā[x] nā , ventilator sē[postp.] dēnā[x] tō science power sē[postp.] āp[pn.pl.kī] silence power cum|kam[adj.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . like that oxygen give[x] ∅ , ventilator from give[x] then science power from you[.kī] silence power (x|less) short only be[pres.sg.23] .
463Just as they give that oxygen through the ventilator, your power of silence is no less than the power of science.
379और योग लगाओ , पावरफुल योग . aur yōg lagāō , powerful yōg . aur yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , powerful yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] . and yoga attach[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , powerful yoga .
464Have more yoga – powerful yoga.
380देखो , आपके योग से डाक्टर्स को टचिंग हुई , कोई तो विधि चेंज की ना . dēkhō , āpkē yōg sē doctors kō touching huī , kōī tō vidhi change kī|key nā . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , āp[pn.pl.kē] yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] doctor kō[postp.] touching hōnā[past-part.f.] , kōī[pn.;d.] tō vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] change karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key nā . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , you[.kē] yoga from doctor to touching be[past-part.f.] , some then method change (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) ∅ .
465Look, through your yoga, the doctors had a touching and so the method of treatment was changed.
381अभी धीरे - धीरे कर रहे है , आप सभी के दृढ संकल्प से विधि भी निकल आयेगी . abhī dhīrē - dhīrē kar rahē hai , āp sabhī kē|K dr̥iḍh saṅkalp sē vidhi bhī nikal āyēgī . ab[adv.hī] dhīrē - dhīrē karnā[x] , āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K dr̥iṛh[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] nikalnā[fut.f.sg.23.root+ānā] . now x - x do[x] , you all (of|K) determined thought from method too be extracted[fut.f.sg.23.root+ānā] .
466They are doing it gradually. 467With the determined thoughts of all of you, another method will emerge.
382ठीक है ना ! ṭhīk hai nā ! ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! OK be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
468Is that OK?
383और योग लगाओ , योग को कम नही करना . aur yōg lagāō , yōg kō cum|kam nahī karnā . aur yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] cum|kam[adj.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . and yoga attach[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , yoga to (x|less) not do[inf.m.sg.d.] .
469Have more yoga, do not reduce the yoga.
384अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
470Achcha.
385जो भी सेवाधारी हैं मुन्नी है , योगिनी है , गुप्ता है और कुमारियां भी है सभी दिल से सेवा कर रहे है , बापदादा आपके दिल की मेहनत देख खुश हैं और आपकी मेहनत अवश्य रूप दिखायेगी . jō bhī sēvādhārī haĩ Munnī hai , yōginī hai , guptā hai aur kumāriyā̃ bhī hai sabhī dil sē sēvā kar rahē hai , bāpdādā āpkē dil kī|key mēhnat dēkh khuśh haĩ aur āpkī mēhnat avaśhya rūp dikhāyēgī . jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] x[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yōginī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , guptā hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur kumārī[x] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] sab[adv.hī] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[x] , bāpdādā āp[pn.pl.kē] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] dēkhnā[root] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aur āp[pn.pl.kī] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] avaśhya rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] dikhānā[fut.f.sg.23] . that too server be[pres.pl.12hon3] x be[pres.sg.23] , Yogini be[pres.sg.23] , x be[pres.sg.23] and kumari too be[pres.sg.23] all heart from service do[x] , BapDada you[.kē] heart (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) effort see[root] happy be[pres.pl.12hon3] and you[.kī] effort x Rup x[fut.f.sg.23] .
471All the servers, Munniben, Yoginiben, Dr Gupta and the kumaris, everyone is serving from their heart. 472BapDada is pleased to see the efforts you are making from your heart and your efforts will definitely show some fruit.
386निर्वेर भाई ने सबकी याद दी - सभी का मन यहाँ है , तन वहाँ है . nirvēr bhāī nē sabkī yād dī|the - sabhī kā man yahā̃ hai , tan vahā̃ hai . x[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhānā[past-part.f.] nē[postp.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] yād[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[past-part.f.]|the - sab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] yahā̃ hōnā[pres.sg.23] , tan[n.m.;sg.,d.] vahā̃ hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x (brother|be liked[past-part.f.]) ∅ everyone's remembrance (give[past-part.f.]|the) - all of mind here be[pres.sg.23] , body there be[pres.sg.23] .
473Nirwairbhai gave Baba remembrance from everyone. 474Everyone’s mind is here and their body is there.
387 ( अभी सबका एक ही संकल्प है दादी चले , फिरे ) होना तो है ही . ( abhī sabkā ēk hī saṅkalp hai dādī chalē , phirē ) hōnā tō hai hī . ( ab[adv.hī] sabkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ēk[adj.] hī[p.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] chalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chalnā[opt.sg.23] , phirnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|phirnā[opt.sg.23] ) hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] . ( now everyone's one only thought be[pres.sg.23] Dadi (continue[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|continue[opt.sg.23]) , (turn[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|turn[opt.sg.23]) ) be[inf.m.sg.d.] then be[pres.sg.23] only .
475(Now, everyone has the one thought that Dadi should be able to walk and move around.) 476It has to happen.
388अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
477It is good.
389बृजमोहन भाई से - दिल्ली में कोई ऐसी नई इन्वेशन करो जो सब कर सके , छोटे बडे सब कर सके . br̥ijmōhan bhāī sē - dillī mē̃ kōī aisī naī invention karō jō sab kar sakē , chhōṭē baḍē sab kar sakē . br̥ijmōhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhānā[past-part.f.] sē[postp.] - dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] kōī[pn.;d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] nayā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] invention karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] sab[adj.] karnā[opt.sg.23.root+saknā] , chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sab[adj.] karnā[opt.sg.23.root+saknā] . Brij Mohan (brother|be liked[past-part.f.]) from - Delhi in some such new invention do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that all do[opt.sg.23.root+saknā] , small very all do[opt.sg.23.root+saknā] .
478To Brother Brij Mohan: 479Create a new invention in Delhi so that everyone is able to do that; so that small and big centres can all do it.
390विदेश की मुख्य बहनों से - बहुत अच्छा है , विदेश को अनुभवी आत्मायें होने के कारण अच्छा आगे बढ़ा रहे हो क्योंकि जो आप लोगों में बाप की डायरेक्ट पालना का बीज है , वह बीज फल दे रहा है . vidēśh kī|key mukhya bahanō̃ sē - bahut achchhā hai , vidēśh kō anubhavī ātmāyē̃ hōnē kē|K kāraṇ achchhā āgē baṛhā rahē hō kyōṅki jō āp lōgō̃ mē̃ bāp kī|key direct pālnā kā bīj hai , vah bīj phal dē rahā hai . vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mukhya[adj.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] - bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] anubhavī[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] āgē baṛhānā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] kyōṅki jō[pn.;d.] āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key direct pālnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|pālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bīj[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , vah[pn.sg.d.] bīj[n.m.;sg.,d.] phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . abroad (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) main x from - very achcha be[pres.sg.23] , abroad to experienced soul be[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) because achcha previously increase[pres.pl.m.prog.2] because that you people in father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) direct (x|sustenance[inf.m.sg.d.]) of seed be[pres.sg.23] , that seed fruit give[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .
480Speaking to the main senior sisters from abroad: 481It is very good. 482Because the countries abroad have you experienced souls, you are making those countries move forward very well. 483The seed of direct sustenance from the Father that all of you have is bearing fruit.
391अभी सेवा की वृद्धि और उमंग-उत्साह बढ रहा है . abhī sēvā kī|key vr̥iddhi aur umaṅg-utsāh baḍh rahā hai . ab[adv.hī] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] aur umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] x rahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . now service (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) growth and zeal and enthusiasm x remain[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
484Now, service and zeal and enthusiasm are increasing.
392पहले जो नाजुकपन था , अभी नाजुकपन खत्म हो गया है . pahlē jō nājukapan thā , abhī nājukapan khatm hō gayā hai . pahlē[adv.]|pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jō[pn.;d.] x hōnā[past.m.sg] , ab[adv.hī] x ḵẖatm[adj.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . (firstly|x) that x be[past.m.sg] , now x finished be[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
485The delicateness or sensitivity that used to exist before has now finished.
393वह कलचर भी खत्म हो गया है , क्योकि आप लोग एग्जाम्पल हो ना , तो आपके एग्जाम्पल को देखकर अभी समझ गये है कि क्या करना है . vah culture bhī khatm hō gayā hai , kyōki āp lōg example hō nā , tō āpkē example kō dēkhkar abhī samajh gayē hai ki kyā karnā hai . vah[pn.sg.d.] culture bhī[p.] ḵẖatm[adj.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] , kyōṅki āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.;sg.,d.] example hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā , tō āp[pn.pl.kē] example kō[postp.] dēkhnā[abs.] ab[adv.hī] samajhnā[x.root+jānā] ki[conj.] kyā karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . that culture too finished be[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] , because you people example (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ , then you[.kē] example to see[abs.] now understand[x.root+jānā] that what do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
486Everything about culture has also finished, because of seeing all of you, because you are examples. 487Seeing the examples of all of you, everyone has understood what they have to do.
394बाकी प्लैन बहुत अच्छा बनाया है . bākī plan bahut achchhā banāyā hai . bākī|bākī plan bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . (but|others) plan very achcha create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
488The plans you have made are very good.
395यह ग्रुप-ग्रुप बनाके जो उन्होंने के अनुसार ट्रेनिंग देते है ना , वह बहुत अच्छा . yah group-group banākē jō unhōnnē kē|K anusār training dētē hai nā , vah bahut achchhā . yah[pn.sg.d.] group banānā[abs.] jō[pn.;d.] vah[pn.pl.nē] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K anusār training dēnā[x] nā , vah[pn.sg.d.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . this group create[abs.] that that[.nē] (of|K) according to training give[x] ∅ , that very achcha .
489The training that you give groupwise is very good.
396टीचर्स भी रिफ्रेश और आने वाले भी रिफ्रेश हो जाते हें . teachers bhī refresh aur ānē vālē bhī refresh hō jātē hē̃ . teacher bhī[p.] refresh aur ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] refresh hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . teacher too refresh and (x|come[inf.m.pl.,o.]) those who too refresh be[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .
490Teachers become refreshed and those who come are also refreshed.
397जिस डिपार्टमेंट को जो चाहिए वह मिलता है , यह अच्छा है . jis department kō jō chāhiē vah miltā hai , yah achchhā hai . jō[pn.sg.o.] department kō[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] vah[pn.sg.d.] milnā[pres.sg.m.23] , yah[pn.sg.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . that x to that (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) that receive[pres.sg.m.23] , this achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
491Whatever each department wants, they receive that, and that is good.
398और अटेंशन दिलाना भी बहुत जरूरी है . aur attention dilānā bhī bahut jarūrī hai . aur attention dilānā[inf.m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] bahut zarūrī[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . and attention x[inf.m.sg.d.] too very essential be[pres.sg.23] .
492It is very necessary to draw their attention.
399अच्छा किया है . achchhā kiyā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . achcha do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . 400यज्ञ में भी अटेंशन दिया , यह भी बहुत अच्छा किया है क्योकि यज्ञ के हो . yagya mē̃ bhī attention diyā , yah bhī bahut achchhā kiyā hai kyōki yagya kē|K hō . yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] attention dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] kyōṅki yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . sacrificial fire in too attention give[past-part.m.sg.d.] , this too very achcha do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] because sacrificial fire (of|K) (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) . 401सिर्फ सेवा के लिए बाहर गये हैं . sirph sēvā kē liē bāhar gayē haĩ . sirph[adj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kē liē[x] bāhar jānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . only service for outside go[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
493It is good that you have also drawn everyone’s attention to the yagya, because they all belong to the yagya, but have just gone abroad for service.
402तो आप लोगो का जरा भी इशारा अच्छा होता है , इसमे खराब नही मानो , अच्छा है . tō āp lōgō kā jarā bhī iśhārā achchhā hōtā hai , ismē kharāb nahī mānō , achchhā hai . tō āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] zarā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] iśhārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] , yah[pn.sg.mē̃] kharāb[adj.] nahī̃[neg] mānnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then you people of x too signal achcha be[pres.sg.m.23] , this[.mē̃] bad not x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
494So, a small signal from you is good. 495Do not think it is bad. 496It is good.
403बापदादा खुश है . bāpdādā khuśh hai . bāpdādā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . BapDada happy be[pres.sg.23] . 404इतना टाइम भी देते तो हो ना . itnā time bhī dētē tō hō nā . itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] time bhī[p.] dēnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] tō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā . such time too give[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] then (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ .
497BapDada is pleased that you give that much time.
405अभी ऐसा एक दो के विचारो में समीप आओ जो सभी समझे कि यह सब एक है , 6 नही है एक है , इतना एक दो के विचारो के भी नजदीक . abhī aisā ēk dō kē|K vicārō mē̃ samīp āō jō sabhī samajhē ki yah sab ēk hai , 6 nahī hai ēk hai , itnā ēk dō kē|K vicārō kē|K bhī najdīk . ab[adv.hī] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ēk[adj.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K x mē̃[postp.] samīp[adj.] ānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] sab[adv.hī] samajhnā[opt.sg.23]|samajhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ki[conj.] yah[pn.sg.d.] sab[adj.] ēk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , 6 nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ēk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ēk[adj.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K x kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bhī[p.] nazdīk . now such one (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) (of|K) x in close come[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that all (understand[opt.sg.23]|understand[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) that this all one be[pres.sg.23] , 6 not be[pres.sg.23] one be[pres.sg.23] , such one (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) (of|K) x (of|K) too x .
498Now, come close to one another in your ideas so that everyone thinks that you are all one; not 6, but that you are all one. 499Be so close to one another in your thoughts.
406हो रहा है , बापदादा देख रहे हैं किया है और आगे भी करते रहेंगे . hō rahā hai , bāpdādā dēkh rahē haĩ kiyā hai aur āgē bhī kartē rahē̃gē . hōnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , bāpdādā dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] aur āgē bhī[p.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . be[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , BapDada see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] and previously too do[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] .
500It is happening. 501BapDada is seeing that you have done it and will continue to do it in the future too.
407 ( दिल से बहुत थैक्स ) आपको बहुत थैक्स . ( dil sē bahut thanks ) āpkō bahut thanks . ( dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bahut thanks ) āp[pn.pl.kō] bahut thanks . ( heart from very thanks ) you[.kō] very thanks .
502(Many thanks from our heart.) 503Many thanks to you as well.
504* * * O MS H A N T I * * *